summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/Documentation
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hid-driver-gt683r14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo (renamed from Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd)12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse11
-rw-r--r--Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml408
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml418
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml44
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml95
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml50
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml51
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml234
-rw-r--r--Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/CCN.txt52
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Marvell/README23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt11
-rwxr-xr-xDocumentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/booting.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/arm64/memory.txt69
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt95
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt21
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt65
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt9
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt6
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt36
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt53
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt26
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt127
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt220
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt78
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt98
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt74
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt45
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt40
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt43
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt12
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt29
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt61
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt33
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt4
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt30
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt14
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt59
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt15
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt127
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt20
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt1
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt42
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt47
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt2
-rw-r--r--Documentation/dmaengine.txt17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv41
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/lm755
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pmbus5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/powr122045
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan17
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/tmp10328
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/tmp42126
-rw-r--r--Documentation/hwmon/tps4042264
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i8011
-rw-r--r--Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub23
-rw-r--r--Documentation/input/event-codes.txt13
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt39
-rw-r--r--Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/lto-build173
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/bonding.txt31
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt38
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt18
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt28
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt16
-rw-r--r--Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c7
-rw-r--r--Documentation/power/opp.txt3
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt63
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt8
-rw-r--r--Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c5
-rw-r--r--Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt7
133 files changed, 4028 insertions, 831 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
index 501adc2a9ec7..2ddd680929d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd
@@ -94,5 +94,5 @@ current_snap
parent
- Information identifying the pool, image, and snapshot id for
- the parent image in a layered rbd image (format 2 only).
+ Information identifying the chain of parent images in a layered rbd
+ image. Entries are separated by empty lines.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hid-driver-gt683r b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hid-driver-gt683r
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..317e9d5170f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-hid-driver-gt683r
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/hidraw/<hidraw>/device/leds_mode
+Date: Jun 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: Janne Kanniainen <janne.kanniainen@gmail.com>
+Description:
+ Set the mode of LEDs
+
+ 0 - normal
+ 1 - audio
+ 2 - breathing
+
+ Normal: LEDs are fully on when enabled
+ Audio: LEDs brightness depends on sound level
+ Breathing: LEDs brightness varies at human breathing rate \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
index 416c5d59f52e..d322b0581194 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net
@@ -1,3 +1,14 @@
+What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/name_assign_type
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: netdev@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+ Indicates the name assignment type. Possible values are:
+ 1: enumerated by the kernel, possibly in an unpredictable way
+ 2: predictably named by the kernel
+ 3: named by userspace
+ 4: renamed
+
What: /sys/class/net/<iface>/addr_assign_type
Date: July 2010
KernelVersion: 3.2
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
index 57b92cbdceae..53a0725962e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo-tpkbd
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-lenovo
@@ -4,18 +4,21 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This controls if mouse clicks should be generated if the trackpoint is quickly pressed. How fast this press has to be
is being controlled by press_speed.
Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/dragging
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: If this setting is enabled, it is possible to do dragging by pressing the trackpoint. This requires press_to_select to be enabled.
Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/release_to_select
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: For details regarding this setting please refer to http://www.pc.ibm.com/ww/healthycomputing/trkpntb.html
Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/select_right
Date: July 2011
@@ -23,16 +26,25 @@ Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls if the mouse click events generated by pressing the trackpoint (if press_to_select is enabled) generate
a left or right mouse button click.
Values are 0 or 1.
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/sensitivity
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This file contains the trackpoint sensitivity.
Values are decimal integers from 1 (lowest sensitivity) to 255 (highest sensitivity).
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/press_speed
Date: July 2011
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
Description: This setting controls how fast the trackpoint needs to be pressed to generate a mouse click if press_to_select is enabled.
Values are decimal integers from 1 (slowest) to 255 (fastest).
+ Applies to Thinkpad USB Keyboard with TrackPoint.
+What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<config num>.<interface num>/<hid-bus>:<vendor-id>:<product-id>.<num>/fn_lock
+Date: July 2014
+Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
+Description: This setting controls whether Fn Lock is enabled on the keyboard (i.e. if F1 is Mute or F1)
+ Values are 0 or 1
+ Applies to ThinkPad Compact (USB|Bluetooth) Keyboard with TrackPoint.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..69f5af632657
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-tegra-fuse
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+What: /sys/devices/*/<our-device>/fuse
+Date: February 2014
+Contact: Peter De Schrijver <pdeschrijver@nvidia.com>
+Description: read-only access to the efuses on Tegra20, Tegra30, Tegra114
+ and Tegra124 SoC's from NVIDIA. The efuses contain write once
+ data programmed at the factory. The data is layed out in 32bit
+ words in LSB first format. Each bit represents a single value
+ as decoded from the fuse registers. Bits order/assignment
+ exactly matches the HW registers, including any unused bits.
+Users: any user space application which wants to read the efuses on
+ Tegra SoC's
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ea0cc8c42093
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-xfs
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_head_lsn
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The log sequence number (LSN) of the current head of the
+ log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format.
+Users: xfstests
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/log_tail_lsn
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The log sequence number (LSN) of the current tail of the
+ log. The LSN is exported in "cycle:basic block" format.
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/reserve_grant_head
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The current state of the log reserve grant head. It
+ represents the total log reservation of all currently
+ outstanding transactions. The grant head is exported in
+ "cycle:bytes" format.
+Users: xfstests
+
+What: /sys/fs/xfs/<disk>/log/write_grant_head
+Date: July 2014
+KernelVersion: 3.17
+Contact: xfs@oss.sgi.com
+Description:
+ The current state of the log write grant head. It
+ represents the total log reservation of all currently
+ oustanding transactions, including regrants due to
+ rolling transactions. The grant head is exported in
+ "cycle:bytes" format.
+Users: xfstests
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
index 639e74857968..df2962d9e11e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ FILENAME = \
DOCUMENTED = \
-e "s/\(enum *\)v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\([a-z]*_spatial_filter_type\)/\1<link linkend=\"\2\">v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_\2<\/link>/g" \
-e "s/\(\(enum\|struct\) *\)\(v4l2_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)/\1<link linkend=\"\3\">\3<\/link>/g" \
- -e "s/\(V4L2_PIX_FMT_[A-Z0-9_]\+\) /<link linkend=\"\1\">\1<\/link> /g" \
+ -e "s/\(V4L2_PIX_FMT_[A-Z0-9_]\+\)\(\s\+v4l2_fourcc\)/<link linkend=\"\1\">\1<\/link>\2/g" \
-e ":a;s/\(linkend=\".*\)_\(.*\">\)/\1-\2/;ta" \
-e "s/v4l2\-mpeg\-vbi\-ITV0/v4l2-mpeg-vbi-itv0-1/g"
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
index 24c22cabc668..948ddaab592e 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml
@@ -555,10 +555,46 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system {
</section>
<section id="DTV-ISDBT-LAYER-TIME-INTERLEAVING">
<title><constant>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING</constant></title>
- <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, -1 (AUTO)</para>
- <para>Note: The real inter-leaver depth-names depend on the mode (fft-size); the values
- here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure -
- independent of the mode.</para>
+ <para>Valid values: 0, 1, 2, 4, -1 (AUTO)</para>
+ <para>when DTV_ISDBT_SOUND_BROADCASTING is active, value 8 is also valid.</para>
+ <para>Note: The real time interleaving length depends on the mode (fft-size). The values
+ here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure, as shown in the table below.</para>
+ <informaltable id="isdbt-layer-interleaving-table">
+ <tgroup cols="4" align="center">
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>DTV_ISDBT_LAYER*_TIME_INTERLEAVING</entry>
+ <entry>Mode 1 (2K FFT)</entry>
+ <entry>Mode 2 (4K FFT)</entry>
+ <entry>Mode 3 (8K FFT)</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>16</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
</section>
<section id="DTV-ATSCMH-FIC-VER">
<title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER</constant></title>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
index 47198eef75a4..9f5ffd85560b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml
@@ -13,6 +13,19 @@ correctly with any device.</para>
<para>All controls are accessed using an ID value. V4L2 defines
several IDs for specific purposes. Drivers can also implement their
own custom controls using <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant>
+<footnote><para>The use of <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant>
+is problematic because different drivers may use the same
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> ID for different controls.
+This makes it hard to programatically set such controls since the meaning
+of the control with that ID is driver dependent. In order to resolve this
+drivers use unique IDs and the <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant>
+IDs are mapped to those unique IDs by the kernel. Consider these
+<constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant> IDs as aliases to the real
+IDs.</para>
+<para>Many applications today still use the <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant>
+IDs instead of using &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; with the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant>
+flag to enumerate all IDs, so support for <constant>V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE</constant>
+is still around.</para></footnote>
and higher values. The pre-defined control IDs have the prefix
<constant>V4L2_CID_</constant>, and are listed in <xref
linkend="control-id" />. The ID is used when querying the attributes of
@@ -31,25 +44,22 @@ the current video input or output, tuner or modulator, or audio input
or output. Different in the sense of other bounds, another default and
current value, step size or other menu items. A control with a certain
<emphasis>custom</emphasis> ID can also change name and
-type.<footnote>
- <para>It will be more convenient for applications if drivers
-make use of the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED</constant> flag, but
-that was never required.</para>
- </footnote> Control values are stored globally, they do not
+type.</para>
+
+ <para>If a control is not applicable to the current configuration
+of the device (for example, it doesn't apply to the current video input)
+drivers set the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE</constant> flag.</para>
+
+ <para>Control values are stored globally, they do not
change when switching except to stay within the reported bounds. They
also do not change &eg; when the device is opened or closed, when the
tuner radio frequency is changed or generally never without
-application request. Since V4L2 specifies no event mechanism, panel
-applications intended to cooperate with other panel applications (be
-they built into a larger application, as a TV viewer) may need to
-regularly poll control values to update their user
-interface.<footnote>
- <para>Applications could call an ioctl to request events.
-After another process called &VIDIOC-S-CTRL; or another ioctl changing
-shared properties the &func-select; function would indicate
-readability until any ioctl (querying the properties) is
-called.</para>
- </footnote></para>
+application request.</para>
+
+ <para>V4L2 specifies an event mechanism to notify applications
+when controls change value (see &VIDIOC-SUBSCRIBE-EVENT;, event
+<constant>V4L2_EVENT_CTRL</constant>), panel applications might want to make
+use of that in order to always reflect the correct control value.</para>
<para>
All controls use machine endianness.
@@ -398,14 +408,17 @@ to work.</entry>
<row id="v4l2-alpha-component">
<entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant></entry>
<entry>integer</entry>
- <entry> Sets the alpha color component on the capture device or on
- the capture buffer queue of a mem-to-mem device. When a mem-to-mem
- device produces frame format that includes an alpha component
+ <entry>Sets the alpha color component. When a capture device (or
+ capture queue of a mem-to-mem device) produces a frame format that
+ includes an alpha component
(e.g. <link linkend="rgb-formats">packed RGB image formats</link>)
- and the alpha value is not defined by the mem-to-mem input data
- this control lets you select the alpha component value of all
- pixels. It is applicable to any pixel format that contains an alpha
- component.
+ and the alpha value is not defined by the device or the mem-to-mem
+ input data this control lets you select the alpha component value of
+ all pixels. When an output device (or output queue of a mem-to-mem
+ device) consumes a frame format that doesn't include an alpha
+ component and the device supports alpha channel processing this
+ control lets you set the alpha component value of all pixels for
+ further processing in the device.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -434,127 +447,152 @@ Drivers must implement <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>,
controls, <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> when it has one or
more menu type controls.</para>
- <example>
- <title>Enumerating all controls</title>
+ <example id="enum_all_controls">
+ <title>Enumerating all user controls</title>
<programlisting>
&v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl;
&v4l2-querymenu; querymenu;
-static void
-enumerate_menu (void)
+static void enumerate_menu(void)
{
- printf (" Menu items:\n");
+ printf(" Menu items:\n");
- memset (&amp;querymenu, 0, sizeof (querymenu));
+ memset(&amp;querymenu, 0, sizeof(querymenu));
querymenu.id = queryctrl.id;
for (querymenu.index = queryctrl.minimum;
querymenu.index &lt;= queryctrl.maximum;
- querymenu.index++) {
- if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;, &amp;querymenu)) {
- printf (" %s\n", querymenu.name);
+ querymenu.index++) {
+ if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU;, &amp;querymenu)) {
+ printf(" %s\n", querymenu.name);
}
}
}
-memset (&amp;queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl));
+memset(&amp;queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl));
for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BASE;
queryctrl.id &lt; V4L2_CID_LASTP1;
queryctrl.id++) {
- if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
+ if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
if (queryctrl.flags &amp; V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
continue;
- printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
+ printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
- enumerate_menu ();
+ enumerate_menu();
} else {
if (errno == EINVAL)
continue;
- perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
}
for (queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_PRIVATE_BASE;;
queryctrl.id++) {
- if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
+ if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
if (queryctrl.flags &amp; V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
continue;
- printf ("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
+ printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
- enumerate_menu ();
+ enumerate_menu();
} else {
if (errno == EINVAL)
break;
- perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
}
</programlisting>
</example>
<example>
+ <title>Enumerating all user controls (alternative)</title>
+ <programlisting>
+memset(&amp;queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl));
+
+queryctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
+ if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(queryctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_USER)
+ break;
+ if (queryctrl.flags &amp; V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED)
+ continue;
+
+ printf("Control %s\n", queryctrl.name);
+
+ if (queryctrl.type == V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU)
+ enumerate_menu();
+
+ queryctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+}
+if (errno != EINVAL) {
+ perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
<title>Changing controls</title>
<programlisting>
&v4l2-queryctrl; queryctrl;
&v4l2-control; control;
-memset (&amp;queryctrl, 0, sizeof (queryctrl));
+memset(&amp;queryctrl, 0, sizeof(queryctrl));
queryctrl.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS;
-if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
+if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;queryctrl)) {
if (errno != EINVAL) {
- perror ("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ perror("VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
} else {
- printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
+ printf("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
}
} else if (queryctrl.flags &amp; V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_DISABLED) {
- printf ("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
+ printf("V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS is not supported\n");
} else {
- memset (&amp;control, 0, sizeof (control));
+ memset(&amp;control, 0, sizeof (control));
control.id = V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS;
control.value = queryctrl.default_value;
- if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &amp;control)) {
- perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &amp;control)) {
+ perror("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
}
-memset (&amp;control, 0, sizeof (control));
+memset(&amp;control, 0, sizeof(control));
control.id = V4L2_CID_CONTRAST;
-if (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL;, &amp;control)) {
+if (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-G-CTRL;, &amp;control)) {
control.value += 1;
/* The driver may clamp the value or return ERANGE, ignored here */
- if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &amp;control)
+ if (-1 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-S-CTRL;, &amp;control)
&amp;&amp; errno != ERANGE) {
- perror ("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ perror("VIDIOC_S_CTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
/* Ignore if V4L2_CID_CONTRAST is unsupported */
} else if (errno != EINVAL) {
- perror ("VIDIOC_G_CTRL");
- exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
+ perror("VIDIOC_G_CTRL");
+ exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
}
control.id = V4L2_CID_AUDIO_MUTE;
-control.value = TRUE; /* silence */
+control.value = 1; /* silence */
/* Errors ignored */
-ioctl (fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &amp;control);
+ioctl(fd, VIDIOC_S_CTRL, &amp;control);
</programlisting>
</example>
</section>
@@ -625,16 +663,29 @@ supported.</para>
&v4l2-control;, except for the fact that it also allows for 64-bit
values and pointers to be passed.</para>
+ <para>Since the &v4l2-ext-control; supports pointers it is now
+also possible to have controls with compound types such as N-dimensional arrays
+and/or structures. You need to specify the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant>
+when enumerating controls to actually be able to see such compound controls.
+In other words, these controls with compound types should only be used
+programmatically.</para>
+
+ <para>Since such compound controls need to expose more information
+about themselves than is possible with &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; the
+&VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL; ioctl was added. In particular, this ioctl gives
+the dimensions of the N-dimensional array if this control consists of more than
+one element.</para>
+
<para>It is important to realize that due to the flexibility of
controls it is necessary to check whether the control you want to set
actually is supported in the driver and what the valid range of values
-is. So use the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; and &VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls to
-check this. Also note that it is possible that some of the menu
-indices in a control of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant>
-may not be supported (<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> will
-return an error). A good example is the list of supported MPEG audio
-bitrates. Some drivers only support one or two bitrates, others
-support a wider range.</para>
+is. So use the &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; (or &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;) and
+&VIDIOC-QUERYMENU; ioctls to check this. Also note that it is possible
+that some of the menu indices in a control of type
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> may not be supported
+(<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> will return an error). A good
+example is the list of supported MPEG audio bitrates. Some drivers only
+support one or two bitrates, others support a wider range.</para>
<para>
All controls use machine endianness.
@@ -675,12 +726,12 @@ control class is found:</para>
<informalexample>
<programlisting>
qctrl.id = V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG | V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
-while (0 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;qctrl)) {
- if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS (qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG)
+while (0 == ioctl(fd, &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL;, &amp;qctrl)) {
+ if (V4L2_CTRL_ID2CLASS(qctrl.id) != V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_MPEG)
break;
/* ... */
- qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
- }
+ qctrl.id |= V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL;
+}
</programlisting>
</informalexample>
@@ -700,7 +751,7 @@ ID based on a control ID.</para>
<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> will fail when used in
combination with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant>. In
that case the old method of enumerating control should be used (see
-1.8). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over
+<xref linkend="enum_all_controls" />). But if it is supported, then it is guaranteed to enumerate over
all controls, including driver-private controls.</para>
</section>
@@ -4000,6 +4051,68 @@ to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters.
with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry>
</row>
<row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MONO_STEREO</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Mono/Stereo bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set,
+then the audio was recorded as stereo.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ARTIFICIAL_HEAD</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the
+<ulink url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Artificial_head">Artificial Head</ulink> bit of the Decoder
+Identification code. If set, then the audio was recorded using an artificial head.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_COMPRESSED</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Compressed bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set,
+then the audio is compressed.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_DYNAMIC_PTY</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the Dynamic PTY bit of the Decoder Identification code. If set,
+then the PTY code is dynamically switched.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then a traffic announcement is in progress.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then the tuned programme carries traffic announcements.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_MUSIC_SPEECH</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then this channel broadcasts music. If cleared, then it
+broadcasts speech. If the transmitter doesn't make this distinction, then it should be set.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS_ENABLE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then transmit alternate frequencies.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_TX_ALT_FREQS</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>__u32 array</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">The alternate frequencies in kHz units. The RDS standard allows
+for up to 25 frequencies to be defined. Drivers may support fewer frequencies so check
+the array size.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUDIO_LIMITER_ENABLED</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
<entry>boolean</entry>
</row>
@@ -4976,6 +5089,57 @@ description of this control class.</entry>
</row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables/disables RDS
reception by the radio tuner</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PTY</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Gets RDS Programme Type field.
+This encodes up to 31 pre-defined programme types.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Gets the Programme Service name (PS_NAME).
+It is intended for static display on a receiver. It is the primary aid to listeners in programme service
+identification and selection. In Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />, the RDS specification,
+there is a full description of the correct character encoding for Programme Service name strings.
+Also from RDS specification, PS is usually a single eight character text. However, it is also possible
+to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 8 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
+with steps of 8 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 8.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_RADIO_TEXT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>string</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Gets the Radio Text info. It is a textual description of
+what is being broadcasted. RDS Radio Text can be applied when broadcaster wishes to transmit longer PS names,
+programme-related information or any other text. In these cases, RadioText can be used in addition to
+<constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_PS_NAME</constant>. The encoding for Radio Text strings is also fully described
+in Annex E of <xref linkend="iec62106" />. The length of Radio Text strings depends on which RDS Block is being
+used to transmit it, either 32 (2A block) or 64 (2B block). However, it is also possible
+to find receivers which can scroll strings sized as 32 x N or 64 x N characters. So, this control must be configured
+with steps of 32 or 64 characters. The result is it must always contain a string with size multiple of 32 or 64. </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_ANNOUNCEMENT</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then a traffic announcement is in progress.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_TRAFFIC_PROGRAM</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then the tuned programme carries traffic announcements.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_RDS_RX_MUSIC_SPEECH</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>boolean</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">If set, then this channel broadcasts music. If cleared, then it
+broadcasts speech. If the transmitter doesn't make this distinction, then it will be set.</entry>
+ </row>
<row>
<entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_TUNE_DEEMPHASIS</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
<entry>enum v4l2_deemphasis</entry>
@@ -5007,6 +5171,102 @@ defines possible values for de-emphasis. Here they are:</entry>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="detect-controls">
+ <title>Detect Control Reference</title>
+
+ <para>The Detect class includes controls for common features of
+ various motion or object detection capable devices.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="detect-control-id">
+ <title>Detect Control IDs</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="4">
+ <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" />
+ <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" />
+ <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" />
+ <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" />
+ <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" />
+ <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry>
+ <entry align="left">Type</entry>
+ </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row><entry></entry></row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_CLASS</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>class</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The Detect class
+descriptor. Calling &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a
+description of this control class.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_MODE</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>menu</entry>
+ </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the motion detection mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2">
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_DISABLED</constant>
+ </entry><entry>Disable motion detection.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL</constant>
+ </entry><entry>Use a single motion detection threshold.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant>
+ </entry><entry>The image is divided into a grid, each cell with its own
+ motion detection threshold. These thresholds are set through the
+ <constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant> matrix control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID</constant>
+ </entry><entry>The image is divided into a grid, each cell with its own
+ region value that specifies which per-region motion detection thresholds
+ should be used. Each region has its own thresholds. How these per-region
+ thresholds are set up is driver-specific. The region values for the grid are set
+ through the <constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID</constant> matrix
+ control.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </entrytbl>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_GLOBAL_THRESHOLD</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>integer</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the global motion detection threshold to be
+ used with the <constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_GLOBAL</constant> motion detection mode.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>__u16 matrix</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the motion detection thresholds for each cell in the grid.
+ To be used with the <constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_THRESHOLD_GRID</constant>
+ motion detection mode. Matrix element (0, 0) represents the cell at the top-left of the
+ grid.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID</constant>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>__u8 matrix</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row><entry spanname="descr">Sets the motion detection region value for each cell in the grid.
+ To be used with the <constant>V4L2_DETECT_MD_MODE_REGION_GRID</constant>
+ motion detection mode. Matrix element (0, 0) represents the cell at the top-left of the
+ grid.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml
index b788c72c885e..f4b61b6ce3c2 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.xml
@@ -150,9 +150,15 @@ signal. Drivers shall not convert the sample format by software.</para></entry>
<entry>This is the scanning system line number
associated with the first line of the VBI image, of the first and the
second field respectively. See <xref linkend="vbi-525" /> and
-<xref linkend="vbi-625" /> for valid values. VBI input drivers can
-return start values 0 if the hardware cannot reliable identify
-scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this
+<xref linkend="vbi-625" /> for valid values.
+The <constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START</constant> defines give the start line
+numbers for each field for each 525 or 625 line format as a convenience.
+Don't forget that ITU line numbering starts at 1, not 0.
+VBI input drivers can return start values 0 if the hardware cannot
+reliable identify scanning lines, VBI acquisition may not require this
information.</entry>
</row>
<row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml
index dc14804f5436..f8903568a243 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sdr.xml
@@ -72,9 +72,12 @@ To use the <link linkend="format">format</link> ioctls applications set the
<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_SDR_CAPTURE</constant> and use the &v4l2-sdr-format;
<structfield>sdr</structfield> member of the <structfield>fmt</structfield>
union as needed per the desired operation.
-Currently only the <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> field of
-&v4l2-sdr-format; is used. The content of that field is the V4L2 fourcc code
-of the data format.
+Currently there is two fields, <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> and
+<structfield>buffersize</structfield>, of struct &v4l2-sdr-format; which are
+used. Content of the <structfield>pixelformat</structfield> is V4L2 FourCC
+code of the data format. The <structfield>buffersize</structfield> field is
+maximum buffer size in bytes required for data transfer, set by the driver in
+order to inform application.
</para>
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-sdr-format">
@@ -92,8 +95,15 @@ V4L2 defines SDR formats in <xref linkend="sdr-formats" />.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>buffersize</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>
+Maximum size in bytes required for data. Value is set by the driver.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
<entry>__u8</entry>
- <entry><structfield>reserved[28]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved[24]</structfield></entry>
<entry>This array is reserved for future extensions.
Drivers and applications must set it to zero.</entry>
</row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
index 548f8ea28dee..7a8bf3011ee9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-sliced-vbi.xml
@@ -185,7 +185,14 @@ tables, sigh. --></para></entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry spanname="hspan">Drivers must set
<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[0][0] and
-<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero.</entry>
+<structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero.
+The <constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F1_START</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_525_F2_START</constant>,
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F1_START</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_VBI_ITU_625_F2_START</constant> defines give the start
+line numbers for each field for each 525 or 625 line format as a
+convenience. Don't forget that ITU line numbering starts at 1, not 0.
+</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
index a086a5db7a18..e5e8325aa3d7 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml
@@ -870,7 +870,8 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
If the application sets this to 0 for an output stream, then
<structfield>bytesused</structfield> will be set to the size of the
plane (see the <structfield>length</structfield> field of this struct)
- by the driver.</entry>
+ by the driver. Note that the actual image data starts at
+ <structfield>data_offset</structfield> which may not be 0.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -919,6 +920,10 @@ should set this to 0.</entry>
<entry>Offset in bytes to video data in the plane.
Drivers must set this field when <structfield>type</structfield>
refers to an input stream, applications when it refers to an output stream.
+ Note that data_offset is included in <structfield>bytesused</structfield>.
+ So the size of the image in the plane is
+ <structfield>bytesused</structfield>-<structfield>data_offset</structfield> at
+ offset <structfield>data_offset</structfield> from the start of the plane.
</entry>
</row>
<row>
@@ -1066,7 +1071,7 @@ state, in the application domain so to say.</entry>
<entry>Drivers set or clear this flag when calling the
<constant>VIDIOC_DQBUF</constant> ioctl. It may be set by video
capture devices when the buffer contains a compressed image which is a
-key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own. Also know as
+key frame (or field), &ie; can be decompressed on its own. Also known as
an I-frame. Applications can set this bit when <structfield>type</structfield>
refers to an output stream.</entry>
</row>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
index e1c4f8b4c0b3..2aae8e9452a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-packed-rgb.xml
@@ -15,9 +15,6 @@ typical PC graphics frame buffers. They occupy 8, 16, 24 or 32 bits
per pixel. These are all packed-pixel formats, meaning all the data
for a pixel lie next to each other in memory.</para>
- <para>When one of these formats is used, drivers shall report the
-colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
-
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats">
<title>Packed RGB Image Formats</title>
<tgroup cols="37" align="center">
@@ -130,9 +127,9 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
<entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
- <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444">
- <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry>
- <entry>'R444'</entry>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ARGB444">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB444</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'AR12'</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
<entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
@@ -152,9 +149,31 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
<entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
- <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555">
- <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry>
- <entry>'RGBO'</entry>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XRGB444">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB444</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'XR12'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ARGB555">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB555</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'AR15'</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
<entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
@@ -174,6 +193,28 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
<entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
<entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
</row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XRGB555">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB555</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'XR15'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
<row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB565">
<entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565</constant></entry>
<entry>'RGBP'</entry>
@@ -341,9 +382,9 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
<entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
- <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32">
- <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry>
- <entry>'BGR4'</entry>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ABGR32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ABGR32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'AR24'</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
<entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
@@ -381,9 +422,49 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
<entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
- <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32">
- <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
- <entry>'RGB4'</entry>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XBGR32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'XR24'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-ARGB32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_ARGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'AX24'</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
<entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
@@ -421,18 +502,76 @@ colorspace <constant>V4L2_COLORSPACE_SRGB</constant>.</para>
<entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
<entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
</row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-XRGB32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_XRGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BX24'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry>-</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
- <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit. The value of the a = alpha
-bits is undefined when reading from the driver, ignored when writing
-to the driver, except when alpha blending has been negotiated for a
-<link linkend="overlay">Video Overlay</link> or <link linkend="osd">
-Video Output Overlay</link> or when the alpha component has been configured
-for a <link linkend="capture">Video Capture</link> by means of <link
-linkend="v4l2-alpha-component"> <constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT
-</constant> </link> control.</para>
+ <para>Bit 7 is the most significant bit.</para>
+
+ <para>The usage and value of the alpha bits (a) in the ARGB and ABGR formats
+ (collectively referred to as alpha formats) depend on the device type and
+ hardware operation. <link linkend="capture">Capture</link> devices
+ (including capture queues of mem-to-mem devices) fill the alpha component in
+ memory. When the device outputs an alpha channel the alpha component will
+ have a meaningful value. Otherwise, when the device doesn't output an alpha
+ channel but can set the alpha bit to a user-configurable value, the <link
+ linkend="v4l2-alpha-component"><constant>V4L2_CID_ALPHA_COMPONENT</constant>
+ </link> control is used to specify that alpha value, and the alpha component
+ of all pixels will be set to the value specified by that control. Otherwise
+ a corresponding format without an alpha component (XRGB or XBGR) must be
+ used instead of an alpha format.</para>
+
+ <para><link linkend="output">Output</link> devices (including output queues
+ of mem-to-mem devices and <link linkend="osd">video output overlay</link>
+ devices) read the alpha component from memory. When the device processes the
+ alpha channel the alpha component must be filled with meaningful values by
+ applications. Otherwise a corresponding format without an alpha component
+ (XRGB or XBGR) must be used instead of an alpha format.</para>
+
+ <para>The XRGB and XBGR formats contain undefined bits (-). Applications,
+ devices and drivers must ignore those bits, for both <link
+ linkend="capture">capture</link> and <link linkend="output">output</link>
+ devices.</para>
<example>
<title><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant> 4 &times; 4 pixel
@@ -512,6 +651,239 @@ image</title>
</formalpara>
</example>
+ <para>Formats defined in <xref linkend="rgb-formats-deprecated"/> are
+ deprecated and must not be used by new drivers. They are documented here for
+ reference. The meaning of their alpha bits (a) is ill-defined and
+ interpreted as in either the corresponding ARGB or XRGB format, depending on
+ the driver.</para>
+
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="rgb-formats-deprecated">
+ <title>Deprecated Packed RGB Image Formats</title>
+ <tgroup cols="37" align="center">
+ <colspec colname="id" align="left" />
+ <colspec colname="fourcc" />
+ <colspec colname="bit" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="4" colname="b07" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="5" colname="b06" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="6" colname="b05" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="7" colname="b04" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="8" colname="b03" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="9" colname="b02" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="10" colname="b01" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="11" colname="b00" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="13" colname="b17" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="14" colname="b16" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="15" colname="b15" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="16" colname="b14" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="17" colname="b13" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="18" colname="b12" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="19" colname="b11" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="20" colname="b10" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="22" colname="b27" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="23" colname="b26" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="24" colname="b25" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="25" colname="b24" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="26" colname="b23" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="27" colname="b22" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="28" colname="b21" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="29" colname="b20" align="center" />
+
+ <colspec colnum="31" colname="b37" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="32" colname="b36" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="33" colname="b35" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="34" colname="b34" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="35" colname="b33" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="36" colname="b32" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="37" colname="b31" align="center" />
+ <colspec colnum="38" colname="b30" align="center" />
+
+ <spanspec namest="b07" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" />
+ <spanspec namest="b17" nameend="b10" spanname="b1" />
+ <spanspec namest="b27" nameend="b20" spanname="b2" />
+ <spanspec namest="b37" nameend="b30" spanname="b3" />
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Identifier</entry>
+ <entry>Code</entry>
+ <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b0">Byte&nbsp;0 in memory</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b1">Byte&nbsp;1</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b2">Byte&nbsp;2</entry>
+ <entry spanname="b3">Byte&nbsp;3</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>Bit</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ <entry>&nbsp;</entry>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>0</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB444">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB444</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'R444'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB555">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB555</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGBO'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a</entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-BGR32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'BGR4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-RGB32">
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB32</constant></entry>
+ <entry>'RGB4'</entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>r<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>g<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>7</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>6</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>5</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>4</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>3</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>2</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>1</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>b<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
<para>A test utility to determine which RGB formats a driver
actually supports is available from the LinuxTV v4l-dvb repository.
See &v4l-dvb; for access instructions.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6118d8f7a20c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs08.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-CS08">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8 ('CS08')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>
+ <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refpurpose>Complex signed 8-bit IQ sample</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>
+This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number
+consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are
+represented as a 8 bit signed number. I value comes first and Q value after
+that.
+ </para>
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS8</constant> 1 sample</title>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="2" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>I'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;1:</entry>
+ <entry>Q'<subscript>0</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e4b494ce1369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-cs14le.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-CS14LE">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE ('CS14')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>
+ <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refpurpose>Complex signed 14-bit little endian IQ sample</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>
+This format contains sequence of complex number samples. Each complex number
+consist two parts, called In-phase and Quadrature (IQ). Both I and Q are
+represented as a 14 bit signed little endian number. I value comes first
+and Q value after that. 14 bit value is stored in 16 bit space with unused
+high bits padded with 0.
+ </para>
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_CS14LE</constant> 1 sample</title>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="3" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>I'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>I'<subscript>0[13:8]</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;2:</entry>
+ <entry>Q'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>Q'<subscript>0[13:8]</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3df076b99f94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-sdr-ru12le.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<refentry id="V4L2-SDR-FMT-RU12LE">
+ <refmeta>
+ <refentrytitle>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE ('RU12')</refentrytitle>
+ &manvol;
+ </refmeta>
+ <refnamediv>
+ <refname>
+ <constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE</constant>
+ </refname>
+ <refpurpose>Real unsigned 12-bit little endian sample</refpurpose>
+ </refnamediv>
+ <refsect1>
+ <title>Description</title>
+ <para>
+This format contains sequence of real number samples. Each sample is
+represented as a 12 bit unsigned little endian number. Sample is stored
+in 16 bit space with unused high bits padded with 0.
+ </para>
+ <example>
+ <title><constant>V4L2_SDR_FMT_RU12LE</constant> 1 sample</title>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Byte Order.</title>
+ <para>Each cell is one byte.
+ <informaltable frame="none">
+ <tgroup cols="3" align="center">
+ <colspec align="left" colwidth="2*" />
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>start&nbsp;+&nbsp;0:</entry>
+ <entry>I'<subscript>0[7:0]</subscript></entry>
+ <entry>I'<subscript>0[11:8]</subscript></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </example>
+ </refsect1>
+</refentry>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml
index 9ba4fb690bc0..96947f17fca1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb12.xml
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
<title>Description</title>
<para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats with
-12 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 6
+12 bits per colour. Each colour component is stored in a 16-bit word, with 4
unused high bits filled with zeros. Each n-pixel row contains n/2 green samples
and n/2 blue or red samples, with alternating red and blue rows. Bytes are
stored in memory in little endian order. They are conventionally described
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
index 91dcbc84f3f8..df5b23d46552 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml
@@ -112,9 +112,34 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>priv</structfield></entry>
- <entry>Reserved for custom (driver defined) additional
-information about formats. When not used drivers and applications must
-set this field to zero.</entry>
+ <entry><para>This field indicates whether the remaining fields of the
+<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure, also called the extended
+fields, are valid. When set to <constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant>, it
+indicates that the extended fields have been correctly initialized. When set to
+any other value it indicates that the extended fields contain undefined values.
+</para>
+<para>Applications that wish to use the pixel format extended fields must first
+ensure that the feature is supported by querying the device for the
+<link linkend="querycap"><constant>V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT</constant></link>
+capability. If the capability isn't set the pixel format extended fields are not
+supported and using the extended fields will lead to undefined results.</para>
+<para>To use the extended fields, applications must set the
+<structfield>priv</structfield> field to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant>, initialize all the extended fields
+and zero the unused bytes of the <structname>v4l2_format</structname>
+<structfield>raw_data</structfield> field.</para>
+<para>When the <structfield>priv</structfield> field isn't set to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant> drivers must act as if all the
+extended fields were set to zero. On return drivers must set the
+<structfield>priv</structfield> field to
+<constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PRIV_MAGIC</constant> and all the extended fields to
+applicable values.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref
+linkend="format-flags" />.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
@@ -201,9 +226,15 @@ codes can be used.</entry>
and the number of valid entries in the
<structfield>plane_fmt</structfield> array.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u8</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Flags set by the application or driver, see <xref
+linkend="format-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
<row>
<entry>__u8</entry>
- <entry><structfield>reserved[11]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved[10]</structfield></entry>
<entry>Reserved for future extensions. Should be zeroed by the
application.</entry>
</row>
@@ -248,7 +279,7 @@ has just as many pad bytes after it as the other rows.</para>
<para>In V4L2 each format has an identifier which looks like
<constant>PIX_FMT_XXX</constant>, defined in the <link
-linkend="videodev">videodev.h</link> header file. These identifiers
+linkend="videodev">videodev2.h</link> header file. These identifiers
represent <link linkend="v4l2-fourcc">four character (FourCC) codes</link>
which are also listed below, however they are not the same as those
used in the Windows world.</para>
@@ -828,6 +859,9 @@ interface only.</para>
&sub-sdr-cu08;
&sub-sdr-cu16le;
+ &sub-sdr-cs08;
+ &sub-sdr-cs14le;
+ &sub-sdr-ru12le;
</section>
@@ -1060,4 +1094,21 @@ concatenated to form the JPEG stream. </para>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
+
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="format-flags">
+ <title>Format Flags</title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-def;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PREMUL_ALPHA</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00000001</entry>
+ <entry>The color values are premultiplied by the alpha channel
+value. For example, if a light blue pixel with 50% transparency was described by
+RGBA values (128, 192, 255, 128), the same pixel described with premultiplied
+colors would be described by RGBA values (64, 96, 128, 128) </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
</section>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
index 4c238ce068b0..28cbded766c9 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml
@@ -86,47 +86,47 @@ selection targets available for a video capture device. It is recommended to
configure the cropping targets before to the composing targets.</para>
<para>The range of coordinates of the top left corner, width and height of
-areas that can be sampled is given by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS
-</constant> target. It is recommended for the driver developers to put the
-top/left corner at position <constant> (0,0) </constant>. The rectangle's
+areas that can be sampled is given by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant>
+target. It is recommended for the driver developers to put the
+top/left corner at position <constant>(0,0)</constant>. The rectangle's
coordinates are expressed in pixels.</para>
<para>The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is
-the area actually sampled, is given by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP
-</constant> target. It uses the same coordinate system as <constant>
-V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS </constant>. The active cropping area must lie
-completely inside the capture boundaries. The driver may further adjust the
-requested size and/or position according to hardware limitations.</para>
+the area actually sampled, is given by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant>
+target. It uses the same coordinate system as <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant>.
+The active cropping area must lie completely inside the capture boundaries. The
+driver may further adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware
+limitations.</para>
<para>Each capture device has a default source rectangle, given by the
-<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT </constant> target. This rectangle shall
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT</constant> target. This rectangle shall
over what the driver writer considers the complete picture. Drivers shall set
the active crop rectangle to the default when the driver is first loaded, but
not later.</para>
<para>The composing targets refer to a memory buffer. The limits of composing
-coordinates are obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS
-</constant>. All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The rectangle's top/left
-corner must be located at position <constant> (0,0) </constant>. The width and
-height are equal to the image size set by <constant> VIDIOC_S_FMT </constant>.
+coordinates are obtained using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS</constant>.
+All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The rectangle's top/left
+corner must be located at position <constant>(0,0)</constant>. The width and
+height are equal to the image size set by <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant>.
</para>
<para>The part of a buffer into which the image is inserted by the hardware is
-controlled by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target.
+controlled by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> target.
The rectangle's coordinates are also expressed in the same coordinate system as
the bounds rectangle. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside bounds
rectangle. The driver must adjust the composing rectangle to fit to the
bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according
to hardware limitations. The application can control rounding behaviour using
-<link linkend="v4l2-selection-flags"> constraint flags </link>.</para>
+<link linkend="v4l2-selection-flags"> constraint flags</link>.</para>
<para>For capture devices the default composing rectangle is queried using
-<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT </constant>. It is usually equal to the
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT</constant>. It is usually equal to the
bounding rectangle.</para>
<para>The part of a buffer that is modified by the hardware is given by
-<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED </constant>. It contains all pixels
-defined using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> plus all
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED</constant>. It contains all pixels
+defined using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> plus all
padding data modified by hardware during insertion process. All pixels outside
this rectangle <emphasis>must not</emphasis> be changed by the hardware. The
content of pixels that lie inside the padded area but outside active area is
@@ -140,52 +140,51 @@ where the rubbish pixels are located and remove them if needed.</para>
<title>Configuration of video output</title>
<para>For output devices targets and ioctls are used similarly to the video
-capture case. The <emphasis> composing </emphasis> rectangle refers to the
+capture case. The <emphasis>composing</emphasis> rectangle refers to the
insertion of an image into a video signal. The cropping rectangles refer to a
memory buffer. It is recommended to configure the composing targets before to
the cropping targets.</para>
<para>The cropping targets refer to the memory buffer that contains an image to
be inserted into a video signal or graphical screen. The limits of cropping
-coordinates are obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS </constant>.
+coordinates are obtained using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant>.
All coordinates are expressed in pixels. The top/left corner is always point
-<constant> (0,0) </constant>. The width and height is equal to the image size
-specified using <constant> VIDIOC_S_FMT </constant> ioctl.</para>
+<constant>(0,0)</constant>. The width and height is equal to the image size
+specified using <constant>VIDIOC_S_FMT</constant> ioctl.</para>
<para>The top left corner, width and height of the source rectangle, that is
the area from which image date are processed by the hardware, is given by the
-<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP </constant>. Its coordinates are expressed
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant>. Its coordinates are expressed
in in the same coordinate system as the bounds rectangle. The active cropping
area must lie completely inside the crop boundaries and the driver may further
adjust the requested size and/or position according to hardware
limitations.</para>
<para>For output devices the default cropping rectangle is queried using
-<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT </constant>. It is usually equal to the
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT</constant>. It is usually equal to the
bounding rectangle.</para>
<para>The part of a video signal or graphics display where the image is
-inserted by the hardware is controlled by <constant>
-V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target. The rectangle's coordinates
-are expressed in pixels. The composing rectangle must lie completely inside the
-bounds rectangle. The driver must adjust the area to fit to the bounding
-limits. Moreover, the driver can perform other adjustments according to
-hardware limitations. </para>
-
-<para>The device has a default composing rectangle, given by the <constant>
-V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT </constant> target. This rectangle shall cover what
+inserted by the hardware is controlled by <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant>
+target. The rectangle's coordinates are expressed in pixels. The composing
+rectangle must lie completely inside the bounds rectangle. The driver must
+adjust the area to fit to the bounding limits. Moreover, the driver can
+perform other adjustments according to hardware limitations.</para>
+
+<para>The device has a default composing rectangle, given by the
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT</constant> target. This rectangle shall cover what
the driver writer considers the complete picture. It is recommended for the
-driver developers to put the top/left corner at position <constant> (0,0)
-</constant>. Drivers shall set the active composing rectangle to the default
+driver developers to put the top/left corner at position <constant>(0,0)</constant>.
+Drivers shall set the active composing rectangle to the default
one when the driver is first loaded.</para>
<para>The devices may introduce additional content to video signal other than
an image from memory buffers. It includes borders around an image. However,
such a padded area is driver-dependent feature not covered by this document.
Driver developers are encouraged to keep padded rectangle equal to active one.
-The padded target is accessed by the <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED
-</constant> identifier. It must contain all pixels from the <constant>
-V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target.</para>
+The padded target is accessed by the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED</constant>
+identifier. It must contain all pixels from the <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant>
+target.</para>
</section>
@@ -194,8 +193,8 @@ V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> target.</para>
<title>Scaling control</title>
<para>An application can detect if scaling is performed by comparing the width
-and the height of rectangles obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP
-</constant> and <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant> targets. If
+and the height of rectangles obtained using <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant>
+and <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant> targets. If
these are not equal then the scaling is applied. The application can compute
the scaling ratios using these values.</para>
@@ -208,7 +207,7 @@ the scaling ratios using these values.</para>
<title>Comparison with old cropping API</title>
<para>The selection API was introduced to cope with deficiencies of previous
-<link linkend="crop"> API </link>, that was designed to control simple capture
+<link linkend="crop"> API</link>, that was designed to control simple capture
devices. Later the cropping API was adopted by video output drivers. The ioctls
are used to select a part of the display were the video signal is inserted. It
should be considered as an API abuse because the described operation is
@@ -220,7 +219,7 @@ part of an image by abusing V4L2 API. Cropping a smaller image from a larger
one is achieved by setting the field
&v4l2-pix-format;<structfield>::bytesperline</structfield>. Introducing an image offsets
could be done by modifying field &v4l2-buffer;<structfield>::m_userptr</structfield>
-before calling <constant> VIDIOC_QBUF </constant>. Those
+before calling <constant>VIDIOC_QBUF</constant>. Those
operations should be avoided because they are not portable (endianness), and do
not work for macroblock and Bayer formats and mmap buffers. The selection API
deals with configuration of buffer cropping/composing in a clear, intuitive and
@@ -229,7 +228,7 @@ and constraints flags are introduced. Finally, &v4l2-crop; and &v4l2-cropcap;
have no reserved fields. Therefore there is no way to extend their functionality.
The new &v4l2-selection; provides a lot of place for future
extensions. Driver developers are encouraged to implement only selection API.
-The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para>
+The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one.</para>
</section>
@@ -238,9 +237,9 @@ The former cropping API would be simulated using the new one. </para>
<example>
<title>Resetting the cropping parameters</title>
- <para>(A video capture device is assumed; change <constant>
-V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE </constant> for other devices; change target to
-<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_* </constant> family to configure composing
+ <para>(A video capture device is assumed; change
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant> for other devices; change target to
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_*</constant> family to configure composing
area)</para>
<programlisting>
@@ -292,8 +291,8 @@ area)</para>
<example>
<title>Querying for scaling factors</title>
- <para>A video output device is assumed; change <constant>
-V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> for other devices</para>
+ <para>A video output device is assumed; change
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> for other devices</para>
<programlisting>
&v4l2-selection; compose = {
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
index b445161b912c..f2f81f06a17b 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml
@@ -152,6 +152,14 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter
applications. -->
<revision>
+ <revnumber>3.16</revnumber>
+ <date>2014-05-27</date>
+ <authorinitials>lp</authorinitials>
+ <revremark>Extended &v4l2-pix-format;. Added format flags.
+ </revremark>
+ </revision>
+
+ <revision>
<revnumber>3.15</revnumber>
<date>2014-02-03</date>
<authorinitials>hv, ap</authorinitials>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
index 820f86e8744b..cb7732582f03 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dqevent.xml
@@ -94,6 +94,18 @@
</row>
<row>
<entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-event-motion-det;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>motion_det</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>&v4l2-event-src-change;</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>src_change</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Event data for event V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
<entry>__u8</entry>
<entry><structfield>data</structfield>[64]</entry>
<entry>Event data. Defined by the event type. The union
@@ -258,6 +270,44 @@
</tgroup>
</table>
+ <table frame="none" pgwide="1" id="v4l2-event-motion-det">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_event_motion_det</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>
+ Currently only one flag is available: if <constant>V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ</constant>
+ is set, then the <structfield>frame_sequence</structfield> field is valid,
+ otherwise that field should be ignored.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>frame_sequence</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>
+ The sequence number of the frame being received. Only valid if the
+ <constant>V4L2_EVENT_MD_FL_HAVE_FRAME_SEQ</constant> flag was set.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>region_mask</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>
+ The bitmask of the regions that reported motion. There is at least one
+ region. If this field is 0, then no motion was detected at all.
+ If there is no <constant>V4L2_CID_DETECT_MD_REGION_GRID</constant> control
+ (see <xref linkend="detect-controls" />) to assign a different region
+ to each cell in the motion detection grid, then that all cells
+ are automatically assigned to the default region 0.
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="changes-flags">
<title>Changes</title>
<tgroup cols="3">
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
index e9f6735c0823..c5bdbfcc42b3 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml
@@ -72,23 +72,30 @@ initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>,
<structfield>size</structfield> and <structfield>reserved2</structfield> fields
of each &v4l2-ext-control; and call the
<constant>VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. String controls controls
-must also set the <structfield>string</structfield> field.</para>
+must also set the <structfield>string</structfield> field. Controls
+of compound types (<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is set)
+must set the <structfield>ptr</structfield> field.</para>
<para>If the <structfield>size</structfield> is too small to
receive the control result (only relevant for pointer-type controls
like strings), then the driver will set <structfield>size</structfield>
to a valid value and return an &ENOSPC;. You should re-allocate the
-string memory to this new size and try again. It is possible that the
-same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is
+memory to this new size and try again. For the string type it is possible that
+the same issue occurs again if the string has grown in the meantime. It is
recommended to call &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; first and use
<structfield>maximum</structfield>+1 as the new <structfield>size</structfield>
value. It is guaranteed that that is sufficient memory.
</para>
+ <para>N-dimensional arrays are set and retrieved row-by-row. You cannot set a partial
+array, all elements have to be set or retrieved. The total size is calculated
+as <structfield>elems</structfield> * <structfield>elem_size</structfield>.
+These values can be obtained by calling &VIDIOC-QUERY-EXT-CTRL;.</para>
+
<para>To change the value of a set of controls applications
initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield>,
<structfield>reserved2</structfield> and
-<structfield>value/string</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and
+<structfield>value/value64/string/ptr</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and
call the <constant>VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. The controls
will only be set if <emphasis>all</emphasis> control values are
valid.</para>
@@ -96,7 +103,7 @@ valid.</para>
<para>To check if a set of controls have correct values applications
initialize the <structfield>id</structfield>, <structfield>size</structfield>,
<structfield>reserved2</structfield> and
-<structfield>value/string</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and
+<structfield>value/value64/string/ptr</structfield> fields of each &v4l2-ext-control; and
call the <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS</constant> ioctl. It is up to
the driver whether wrong values are automatically adjusted to a valid
value or if an error is returned.</para>
@@ -158,19 +165,47 @@ applications must set the array to zero.</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>__s32</entry>
<entry><structfield>value</structfield></entry>
- <entry>New value or current value.</entry>
+ <entry>New value or current value. Valid if this control is not of
+type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is not set.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry></entry>
<entry>__s64</entry>
<entry><structfield>value64</structfield></entry>
- <entry>New value or current value.</entry>
+ <entry>New value or current value. Valid if this control is of
+type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is not set.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry></entry>
<entry>char *</entry>
<entry><structfield>string</structfield></entry>
- <entry>A pointer to a string.</entry>
+ <entry>A pointer to a string. Valid if this control is of
+type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u8 *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>p_u8</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 8-bit values.
+Valid if this control is of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>__u16 *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>p_u16</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A pointer to a matrix control of unsigned 16-bit values.
+Valid if this control is of type <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16</constant>.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry>void *</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>ptr</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>A pointer to a compound type which can be an N-dimensional array and/or a
+compound type (the control's type is >= <constant>V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES</constant>).
+Valid if <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant> is set for this control.
+</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
index 7c63815e7afd..20460730b02c 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fbuf.xml
@@ -152,13 +152,10 @@ a valid base address, so applications can find the corresponding Linux
framebuffer device (see <xref linkend="osd" />).</entry>
</row>
<row>
- <entry>&v4l2-pix-format;</entry>
+ <entry>struct</entry>
<entry><structfield>fmt</structfield></entry>
<entry></entry>
- <entry>Layout of the frame buffer. The
-<structname>v4l2_pix_format</structname> structure is defined in <xref
-linkend="pixfmt" />, for clarification the fields and acceptable values
- are listed below:</entry>
+ <entry>Layout of the frame buffer.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry></entry>
@@ -276,9 +273,8 @@ see <xref linkend="colorspaces" />.</entry>
<entry></entry>
<entry>__u32</entry>
<entry><structfield>priv</structfield></entry>
- <entry>Reserved for additional information about custom
-(driver defined) formats. When not used drivers and applications must
-set this field to zero.</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved. Drivers and applications must set this field to
+zero.</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
index b11ec75e21a1..9c04ac8661b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml
@@ -58,17 +58,16 @@
<para>The ioctls are used to query and configure selection rectangles.</para>
-<para> To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection;
+<para>To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection;
<structfield> type </structfield> field to the respective buffer type.
-Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE
-</constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE
-</constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of
-<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is
+Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>. Use
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>. The next step is
setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> field
-to <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP </constant> (<constant>
-V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref
-linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional
-targets. The <structfield>flags</structfield> and <structfield>reserved
+to <constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> (<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant>).
+Please refer to table <xref linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" />
+for additional targets. The <structfield>flags</structfield> and <structfield>reserved
</structfield> fields of &v4l2-selection; are ignored and they must be filled
with zeros. The driver fills the rest of the structure or
returns &EINVAL; if incorrect buffer type or target was used. If cropping
@@ -77,19 +76,18 @@ always equal to the bounds rectangle. Finally, the &v4l2-rect;
<structfield>r</structfield> rectangle is filled with the current cropping
(composing) coordinates. The coordinates are expressed in driver-dependent
units. The only exception are rectangles for images in raw formats, whose
-coordinates are always expressed in pixels. </para>
+coordinates are always expressed in pixels.</para>
-<para> To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set the &v4l2-selection;
+<para>To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set the &v4l2-selection;
<structfield>type</structfield> field to the respective buffer type. Do not
-use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE
-</constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE
-</constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of
-<constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is
+use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>
+instead of <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE</constant>. Use
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant> instead of
+<constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>. The next step is
setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> to
-<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> (<constant>
-V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref
-linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional
-targets. The &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle need to be
+<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP</constant> (<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE</constant>).
+Please refer to table <xref linkend="v4l2-selections-common" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" />
+for additional targets. The &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle need to be
set to the desired active area. Field &v4l2-selection; <structfield> reserved
</structfield> is ignored and must be filled with zeros. The driver may adjust
coordinates of the requested rectangle. An application may
@@ -149,8 +147,8 @@ On success the &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> field contains
the adjusted rectangle. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may
modify the cropping (composing) or image parameters and repeat the cycle until
satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. If constraints flags have to be
-violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis> there
-exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para>
+violated at then ERANGE is returned. The error indicates that <emphasis>there
+exist no rectangle</emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para>
<para>Selection targets and flags are documented in <xref
linkend="v4l2-selections-common"/>.</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
index 370d49d6fb64..d0c5e604f014 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml
@@ -302,6 +302,12 @@ modulator programming see
<link linkend="sdr">SDR Capture</link> interface.</entry>
</row>
<row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_EXT_PIX_FORMAT</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x00200000</entry>
+ <entry>The device supports the &v4l2-pix-format; extended
+fields.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
<entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_READWRITE</constant></entry>
<entry>0x01000000</entry>
<entry>The device supports the <link
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
index e6645b996558..2bd98fd7a4e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml
@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
<refentry id="vidioc-queryctrl">
<refmeta>
- <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</refentrytitle>
+ <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</refentrytitle>
&manvol;
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</refname>
+ <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</refname>
<refname>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</refname>
<refpurpose>Enumerate controls and menu control items</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
@@ -24,6 +25,14 @@
<funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
<paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
+ </funcprototype>
+ </funcsynopsis>
+ <funcsynopsis>
+ <funcprototype>
+ <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef>
+ <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef>
<paramdef>struct v4l2_querymenu *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
@@ -42,7 +51,7 @@
<varlistentry>
<term><parameter>request</parameter></term>
<listitem>
- <para>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</para>
+ <para>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL, VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL, VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
@@ -67,7 +76,7 @@ structure. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns an
<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant> with successive
<structfield>id</structfield> values starting from
<constant>V4L2_CID_BASE</constant> up to and exclusive
-<constant>V4L2_CID_BASE_LASTP1</constant>. Drivers may return
+<constant>V4L2_CID_LASTP1</constant>. Drivers may return
<errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> if a control in this range is not
supported. Further applications can enumerate private controls, which
are not defined in this specification, by starting at
@@ -89,9 +98,23 @@ prematurely end the enumeration).</para></footnote></para>
<para>When the application ORs <structfield>id</structfield> with
<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> the driver returns the
-next supported control, or <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode> if there is
-none. Drivers which do not support this flag yet always return
-<errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+next supported non-compound control, or <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>
+if there is none. In addition, the <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant>
+flag can be specified to enumerate all compound controls (i.e. controls
+with type &ge; <constant>V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES</constant>). Specify both
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> and
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> in order to enumerate
+all controls, compound or not. Drivers which do not support these flags yet
+always return <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</constant> ioctl was
+introduced in order to better support controls that can use compound
+types, and to expose additional control information that cannot be
+returned in &v4l2-queryctrl; since that structure is full.</para>
+
+ <para><constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</constant> is used in the
+same way as <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>, except that the
+<structfield>reserved</structfield> array must be zeroed as well.</para>
<para>Additional information is required for menu controls: the
names of the menu items. To query them applications set the
@@ -142,38 +165,23 @@ string. This information is intended for the user.</entry>
<entry>__s32</entry>
<entry><structfield>minimum</structfield></entry>
<entry>Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower
-bound for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant> controls and the
-lowest valid index for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> controls.
-For <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant> controls the minimum value
-gives the minimum length of the string. This length <emphasis>does not include the terminating
-zero</emphasis>. It may not be valid for any other type of control, including
-<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> controls. Note that this is a
-signed value.</entry>
+bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the minimum value is to
+be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 32-bit value.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>__s32</entry>
<entry><structfield>maximum</structfield></entry>
<entry>Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper
-bound for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant> controls and the
-highest valid index for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant>
-controls. For <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK</constant> controls it is the
-set of usable bits.
-For <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant> controls the maximum value
-gives the maximum length of the string. This length <emphasis>does not include the terminating
-zero</emphasis>. It may not be valid for any other type of control, including
-<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant> controls. Note that this is a
-signed value.</entry>
+bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the maximum value is to
+be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 32-bit value.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>__s32</entry>
<entry><structfield>step</structfield></entry>
- <entry><para>This field gives a step size for
-<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant> controls. For
-<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant> controls this field refers to
-the string length that has to be a multiple of this step size.
-It may not be valid for any other type of control, including
-<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant>
-controls.</para><para>Generally drivers should not scale hardware
+ <entry><para>This field gives a step size for the control.
+See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the step value is to be used for each possible
+control type. Note that this an unsigned 32-bit value.
+</para><para>Generally drivers should not scale hardware
control values. It may be necessary for example when the
<structfield>name</structfield> or <structfield>id</structfield> imply
a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of
@@ -192,10 +200,11 @@ be always positive.</para></entry>
<entry><structfield>default_value</structfield></entry>
<entry>The default value of a
<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant>,
-<constant>_BOOLEAN</constant> or <constant>_MENU</constant> control.
-Not valid for other types of controls. Drivers reset controls only
-when the driver is loaded, not later, in particular not when the
-func-open; is called.</entry>
+<constant>_BOOLEAN</constant>, <constant>_BITMASK</constant>,
+<constant>_MENU</constant> or <constant>_INTEGER_MENU</constant> control.
+Not valid for other types of controls.
+Note that drivers reset controls to their default value only when the
+driver is first loaded, never afterwards.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry>__u32</entry>
@@ -213,6 +222,126 @@ the array to zero.</entry>
</tgroup>
</table>
+ <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-query-ext-ctrl">
+ <title>struct <structname>v4l2_query_ext_ctrl</structname></title>
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ &cs-str;
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Identifies the control, set by the application. See
+<xref linkend="control-id" /> for predefined IDs. When the ID is ORed
+with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_CTRL</constant> the driver clears the
+flag and returns the first non-compound control with a higher ID. When the
+ID is ORed with <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_NEXT_COMPOUND</constant> the driver
+clears the flag and returns the first compound control with a higher ID.
+Set both to get the first control (compound or not) with a higher ID.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Type of control, see <xref
+ linkend="v4l2-ctrl-type" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>char</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the control, a NUL-terminated ASCII
+string. This information is intended for the user.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>minimum</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Minimum value, inclusive. This field gives a lower
+bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the minimum value is to
+be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 64-bit value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>maximum</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Maximum value, inclusive. This field gives an upper
+bound for the control. See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the maximum value is to
+be used for each possible control type. Note that this a signed 64-bit value.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>step</structfield></entry>
+ <entry><para>This field gives a step size for the control.
+See &v4l2-ctrl-type; how the step value is to be used for each possible
+control type. Note that this an unsigned 64-bit value.
+</para><para>Generally drivers should not scale hardware
+control values. It may be necessary for example when the
+<structfield>name</structfield> or <structfield>id</structfield> imply
+a particular unit and the hardware actually accepts only multiples of
+said unit. If so, drivers must take care values are properly rounded
+when scaling, such that errors will not accumulate on repeated
+read-write cycles.</para><para>This field gives the smallest change of
+an integer control actually affecting hardware. Often the information
+is needed when the user can change controls by keyboard or GUI
+buttons, rather than a slider. When for example a hardware register
+accepts values 0-511 and the driver reports 0-65535, step should be
+128.</para></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__s64</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>default_value</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The default value of a
+<constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER</constant>, <constant>_INTEGER64</constant>,
+<constant>_BOOLEAN</constant>, <constant>_BITMASK</constant>,
+<constant>_MENU</constant>, <constant>_INTEGER_MENU</constant>,
+<constant>_U8</constant> or <constant>_U16</constant> control.
+Not valid for other types of controls.
+Note that drivers reset controls to their default value only when the
+driver is first loaded, never afterwards.
+</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>Control flags, see <xref
+ linkend="control-flags" />.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>elem_size</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The size in bytes of a single element of the array.
+Given a char pointer <constant>p</constant> to a 3-dimensional array you can find the
+position of cell <constant>(z, y, x)</constant> as follows:
+<constant>p + ((z * dims[1] + y) * dims[0] + x) * elem_size</constant>. <structfield>elem_size</structfield>
+is always valid, also when the control isn't an array. For string controls
+<structfield>elem_size</structfield> is equal to <structfield>maximum + 1</structfield>.
+</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>elems</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The number of elements in the N-dimensional array. If this control
+is not an array, then <structfield>elems</structfield> is 1. The <structfield>elems</structfield>
+field can never be 0.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>nr_of_dims</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The number of dimension in the N-dimensional array. If this control
+is not an array, then this field is 0.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]</structfield></entry>
+ <entry>The size of each dimension. The first <structfield>nr_of_dims</structfield>
+elements of this array must be non-zero, all remaining elements must be zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>__u32</entry>
+ <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[32]</entry>
+ <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers
+must set the array to zero.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
<table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-querymenu">
<title>struct <structname>v4l2_querymenu</structname></title>
<tgroup cols="4">
@@ -347,11 +476,14 @@ Drivers must ignore the value passed with
</row>
<row>
<entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER64</constant></entry>
- <entry>n/a</entry>
- <entry>n/a</entry>
- <entry>n/a</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
<entry>A 64-bit integer valued control. Minimum, maximum
-and step size cannot be queried.</entry>
+and step size cannot be queried using <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>.
+Only <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL</constant> can retrieve the 64-bit
+min/max/step values, they should be interpreted as n/a when using
+<constant>VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL</constant>.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING</constant></entry>
@@ -379,6 +511,26 @@ ioctl returns the name of the control class and this control type.
Older drivers which do not support this feature return an
&EINVAL;.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U8</constant></entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>An unsigned 8-bit valued control ranging from minimum to
+maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between
+values which are actually different on the hardware.
+</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_U16</constant></entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>any</entry>
+ <entry>An unsigned 16-bit valued control ranging from minimum to
+maximum inclusive. The step value indicates the increment between
+values which are actually different on the hardware.
+</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
@@ -450,6 +602,14 @@ is in auto-gain mode. In such a case the hardware calculates the gain value base
the lighting conditions which can change over time. Note that setting a new value for
a volatile control will have no effect. The new value will just be ignored.</entry>
</row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_HAS_PAYLOAD</constant></entry>
+ <entry>0x0100</entry>
+ <entry>This control has a pointer type, so its value has to be accessed
+using one of the pointer fields of &v4l2-ext-control;. This flag is set for controls
+that are an array, string, or have a compound type. In all cases you have to set a
+pointer to memory containing the payload of the control.</entry>
+ </row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
index 17efa870d4d2..9f6095608837 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subscribe-event.xml
@@ -175,6 +175,14 @@
</entry>
</row>
<row>
+ <entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_MOTION_DET</constant></entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>
+ <para>Triggered whenever the motion detection state for one or more of the regions
+ changes. This event has a &v4l2-event-motion-det; associated with it.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
<entry><constant>V4L2_EVENT_PRIVATE_START</constant></entry>
<entry>0x08000000</entry>
<entry>Base event number for driver-private events.</entry>
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0632b3aad83e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm/CCN.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+ARM Cache Coherent Network
+==========================
+
+CCN-504 is a ring-bus interconnect consisting of 11 crosspoints
+(XPs), with each crosspoint supporting up to two device ports,
+so nodes (devices) 0 and 1 are connected to crosspoint 0,
+nodes 2 and 3 to crosspoint 1 etc.
+
+PMU (perf) driver
+-----------------
+
+The CCN driver registers a perf PMU driver, which provides
+description of available events and configuration options
+in sysfs, see /sys/bus/event_source/devices/ccn*.
+
+The "format" directory describes format of the config, config1
+and config2 fields of the perf_event_attr structure. The "events"
+directory provides configuration templates for all documented
+events, that can be used with perf tool. For example "xp_valid_flit"
+is an equivalent of "type=0x8,event=0x4". Other parameters must be
+explicitly specified. For events originating from device, "node"
+defines its index. All crosspoint events require "xp" (index),
+"port" (device port number) and "vc" (virtual channel ID) and
+"dir" (direction). Watchpoints (special "event" value 0xfe) also
+require comparator values ("cmp_l" and "cmp_h") and "mask", being
+index of the comparator mask.
+
+Masks are defined separately from the event description
+(due to limited number of the config values) in the "cmp_mask"
+directory, with first 8 configurable by user and additional
+4 hardcoded for the most frequent use cases.
+
+Cycle counter is described by a "type" value 0xff and does
+not require any other settings.
+
+Example of perf tool use:
+
+/ # perf list | grep ccn
+ ccn/cycles/ [Kernel PMU event]
+<...>
+ ccn/xp_valid_flit/ [Kernel PMU event]
+<...>
+
+/ # perf stat -C 0 -e ccn/cycles/,ccn/xp_valid_flit,xp=1,port=0,vc=1,dir=1/ \
+ sleep 1
+
+The driver does not support sampling, therefore "perf record" will
+not work. Also notice that only single cpu is being selected
+("-C 0") - this is because perf framework does not support
+"non-CPU related" counters (yet?) so system-wide session ("-a")
+would try (and in most cases fail) to set up the same event
+per each CPU.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
index 2cce5401e323..4dc66c173e10 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README
@@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Kirkwood family
Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/assets/FS_88F6180_9x_6281_OpenSource.pdf
Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/kirkwood/
Core: Feroceon ARMv5 compatible
- Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-kirkwood
- Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-orion
+ Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu
+ Linux kernel plat directory: none
Discovery family
----------------
@@ -83,7 +83,9 @@ EBU Armada family
88F6710
88F6707
88F6W11
- Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
+ Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/Marvell_ARMADA_370_SoC.pdf
+ Hardware Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-datasheet.pdf
+ Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-300/assets/ARMADA370-FunctionalSpec-datasheet.pdf
Armada 375 Flavors:
88F6720
@@ -100,8 +102,7 @@ EBU Armada family
MV78460
NOTE: not to be confused with the non-SMP 78xx0 SoCs
Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/Marvell-ArmadaXP-SoC-product%20brief.pdf
-
- No public datasheet available.
+ Functional Spec: http://www.marvell.com/embedded-processors/armada-xp/assets/ARMADA-XP-Functional-SpecDatasheet.pdf
Core: Sheeva ARMv7 compatible
@@ -135,7 +136,9 @@ Dove family (application processor)
Functional Spec : http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/assets/Armada-510-Functional-Spec.pdf
Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/application-processors/armada-500/
Core: ARMv7 compatible
- Directory: arch/arm/mach-dove
+
+ Directory: arch/arm/mach-mvebu (DT enabled platforms)
+ arch/arm/mach-dove (non-DT enabled platforms)
PXA 2xx/3xx/93x/95x family
--------------------------
@@ -253,10 +256,10 @@ Berlin family (Digital Entertainment)
Long-term plans
---------------
- * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ and
- mach-kirkwood/ into the mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the
- Marvell EBU (Engineering Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo>
- directory. The plat-orion/ would therefore disappear.
+ * Unify the mach-dove/, mach-mv78xx0/, mach-orion5x/ into the
+ mach-mvebu/ to support all SoCs from the Marvell EBU (Engineering
+ Business Unit) in a single mach-<foo> directory. The plat-orion/
+ would therefore disappear.
* Unify the mach-mmp/ and mach-pxa/ into the same mach-pxa
directory. The plat-pxa/ would therefore disappear.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt
index 658abb258cef..8f7309bad460 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/Overview.txt
@@ -13,8 +13,6 @@ Introduction
- S3C24XX: See Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/Overview.txt for full list
- S3C64XX: S3C6400 and S3C6410
- - S5P6440
- - S5PC100
- S5PC110 / S5PV210
@@ -34,8 +32,6 @@ Configuration
A number of configurations are supplied, as there is no current way of
unifying all the SoCs into one kernel.
- s5p6440_defconfig - S5P6440 specific default configuration
- s5pc100_defconfig - S5PC100 specific default configuration
s5pc110_defconfig - S5PC110 specific default configuration
s5pv210_defconfig - S5PV210 specific default configuration
@@ -67,13 +63,6 @@ Layout changes
where to simplify the include and dependency issues involved with having
so many different platform directories.
- It was decided to remove plat-s5pc1xx as some of the support was already
- in plat-s5p or plat-samsung, with the S5PC110 support added with S5PV210
- the only user was the S5PC100. The S5PC100 specific items where moved to
- arch/arm/mach-s5pc100.
-
-
-
Port Contributors
-----------------
diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk
index 0c50220851fb..d9174fabe37e 100755
--- a/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk
+++ b/Documentation/arm/Samsung/clksrc-change-registers.awk
@@ -68,7 +68,6 @@ BEGIN {
while (getline line < ARGV[1] > 0) {
if (line ~ /\#define.*_MASK/ &&
- !(line ~ /S5PC100_EPLL_MASK/) &&
!(line ~ /USB_SIG_MASK/)) {
splitdefine(line, fields)
name = fields[0]
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
index 37fc4f632176..85af34d55cee 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
@@ -72,27 +72,54 @@ The decompressed kernel image contains a 64-byte header as follows:
u32 code0; /* Executable code */
u32 code1; /* Executable code */
- u64 text_offset; /* Image load offset */
- u64 res0 = 0; /* reserved */
- u64 res1 = 0; /* reserved */
+ u64 text_offset; /* Image load offset, little endian */
+ u64 image_size; /* Effective Image size, little endian */
+ u64 flags; /* kernel flags, little endian */
u64 res2 = 0; /* reserved */
u64 res3 = 0; /* reserved */
u64 res4 = 0; /* reserved */
u32 magic = 0x644d5241; /* Magic number, little endian, "ARM\x64" */
- u32 res5 = 0; /* reserved */
+ u32 res5; /* reserved (used for PE COFF offset) */
Header notes:
+- As of v3.17, all fields are little endian unless stated otherwise.
+
- code0/code1 are responsible for branching to stext.
+
- when booting through EFI, code0/code1 are initially skipped.
res5 is an offset to the PE header and the PE header has the EFI
- entry point (efi_stub_entry). When the stub has done its work, it
+ entry point (efi_stub_entry). When the stub has done its work, it
jumps to code0 to resume the normal boot process.
-The image must be placed at the specified offset (currently 0x80000)
-from the start of the system RAM and called there. The start of the
-system RAM must be aligned to 2MB.
+- Prior to v3.17, the endianness of text_offset was not specified. In
+ these cases image_size is zero and text_offset is 0x80000 in the
+ endianness of the kernel. Where image_size is non-zero image_size is
+ little-endian and must be respected. Where image_size is zero,
+ text_offset can be assumed to be 0x80000.
+
+- The flags field (introduced in v3.17) is a little-endian 64-bit field
+ composed as follows:
+ Bit 0: Kernel endianness. 1 if BE, 0 if LE.
+ Bits 1-63: Reserved.
+
+- When image_size is zero, a bootloader should attempt to keep as much
+ memory as possible free for use by the kernel immediately after the
+ end of the kernel image. The amount of space required will vary
+ depending on selected features, and is effectively unbound.
+
+The Image must be placed text_offset bytes from a 2MB aligned base
+address near the start of usable system RAM and called there. Memory
+below that base address is currently unusable by Linux, and therefore it
+is strongly recommended that this location is the start of system RAM.
+At least image_size bytes from the start of the image must be free for
+use by the kernel.
+
+Any memory described to the kernel (even that below the 2MB aligned base
+address) which is not marked as reserved from the kernel e.g. with a
+memreserve region in the device tree) will be considered as available to
+the kernel.
Before jumping into the kernel, the following conditions must be met:
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
index d50fa618371b..344e85cc7323 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/memory.txt
@@ -2,18 +2,18 @@
==============================
Author: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
-Date : 20 February 2012
This document describes the virtual memory layout used by the AArch64
Linux kernel. The architecture allows up to 4 levels of translation
tables with a 4KB page size and up to 3 levels with a 64KB page size.
-AArch64 Linux uses 3 levels of translation tables with the 4KB page
-configuration, allowing 39-bit (512GB) virtual addresses for both user
-and kernel. With 64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables are
-used but the memory layout is the same.
+AArch64 Linux uses either 3 levels or 4 levels of translation tables
+with the 4KB page configuration, allowing 39-bit (512GB) or 48-bit
+(256TB) virtual addresses, respectively, for both user and kernel. With
+64KB pages, only 2 levels of translation tables, allowing 42-bit (4TB)
+virtual address, are used but the memory layout is the same.
-User addresses have bits 63:39 set to 0 while the kernel addresses have
+User addresses have bits 63:48 set to 0 while the kernel addresses have
the same bits set to 1. TTBRx selection is given by bit 63 of the
virtual address. The swapper_pg_dir contains only kernel (global)
mappings while the user pgd contains only user (non-global) mappings.
@@ -21,58 +21,40 @@ The swapper_pgd_dir address is written to TTBR1 and never written to
TTBR0.
-AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages:
+AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 3 levels:
Start End Size Use
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0000000000000000 0000007fffffffff 512GB user
+ffffff8000000000 ffffffffffffffff 512GB kernel
-ffffff8000000000 ffffffbbfffeffff ~240GB vmalloc
-ffffffbbffff0000 ffffffbbffffffff 64KB [guard page]
+AArch64 Linux memory layout with 4KB pages + 4 levels:
-ffffffbc00000000 ffffffbdffffffff 8GB vmemmap
-
-ffffffbe00000000 ffffffbffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap]
-
-ffffffbffa000000 ffffffbffaffffff 16MB PCI I/O space
-
-ffffffbffb000000 ffffffbffbbfffff 12MB [guard]
-
-ffffffbffbc00000 ffffffbffbdfffff 2MB fixed mappings
-
-ffffffbffbe00000 ffffffbffbffffff 2MB [guard]
-
-ffffffbffc000000 ffffffbfffffffff 64MB modules
-
-ffffffc000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256GB kernel logical memory map
+Start End Size Use
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB user
+ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB kernel
-AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages:
+AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 2 levels:
Start End Size Use
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
0000000000000000 000003ffffffffff 4TB user
+fffffc0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 4TB kernel
-fffffc0000000000 fffffdfbfffeffff ~2TB vmalloc
-fffffdfbffff0000 fffffdfbffffffff 64KB [guard page]
+AArch64 Linux memory layout with 64KB pages + 3 levels:
-fffffdfc00000000 fffffdfdffffffff 8GB vmemmap
-
-fffffdfe00000000 fffffdfffbbfffff ~8GB [guard, future vmmemap]
-
-fffffdfffa000000 fffffdfffaffffff 16MB PCI I/O space
-
-fffffdfffb000000 fffffdfffbbfffff 12MB [guard]
-
-fffffdfffbc00000 fffffdfffbdfffff 2MB fixed mappings
-
-fffffdfffbe00000 fffffdfffbffffff 2MB [guard]
+Start End Size Use
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+0000000000000000 0000ffffffffffff 256TB user
+ffff000000000000 ffffffffffffffff 256TB kernel
-fffffdfffc000000 fffffdffffffffff 64MB modules
-fffffe0000000000 ffffffffffffffff 2TB kernel logical memory map
+For details of the virtual kernel memory layout please see the kernel
+booting log.
Translation table lookup with 4KB pages:
@@ -86,7 +68,7 @@ Translation table lookup with 4KB pages:
| | | | +-> [20:12] L3 index
| | | +-----------> [29:21] L2 index
| | +---------------------> [38:30] L1 index
- | +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 index (not used)
+ | +-------------------------------> [47:39] L0 index
+-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
@@ -99,10 +81,11 @@ Translation table lookup with 64KB pages:
| | | | v
| | | | [15:0] in-page offset
| | | +----------> [28:16] L3 index
- | | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 index (only 38:29 used)
- | +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index (not used)
+ | | +--------------------------> [41:29] L2 index
+ | +-------------------------------> [47:42] L1 index
+-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
+
When using KVM, the hypervisor maps kernel pages in EL2, at a fixed
offset from the kernel VA (top 24bits of the kernel VA set to zero):
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
index 3509707f9320..c554ed3d44fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards
@@ -86,3 +86,9 @@ Interrupt controllers:
compatible = "arm,versatile-sic";
interrupt-controller;
#interrupt-cells = <1>;
+
+Required nodes:
+
+- core-module: the root node to the Versatile platforms must have
+ a core-module with regs and the compatible strings
+ "arm,core-module-versatile", "syscon"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8781073029e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+Marvell Armada 38x CA9 MPcore SoC Controller
+============================================
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be "marvell,armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl".
+
+- reg: should be the register base and length as documented in the
+ datasheet for the CA9 MPcore SoC Control registers
+
+mpcore-soc-ctrl@20d20 {
+ compatible = "marvell,armada-380-mpcore-soc-ctrl";
+ reg = <0x20d20 0x6c>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt
index 389bed5056e8..795cc78543fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
* Power Management Controller (PMC)
Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc"
+- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-pmc".
+ <chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12,
+ at91sam9x5, sama5d3
+
- reg: Should contain PMC registers location and length
Examples:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8240c023e202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Broadcom Kona Family CPU Enable Method
+--------------------------------------
+This binding defines the enable method used for starting secondary
+CPUs in the following Broadcom SoCs:
+ BCM11130, BCM11140, BCM11351, BCM28145, BCM28155, BCM21664
+
+The enable method is specified by defining the following required
+properties in the "cpus" device tree node:
+ - enable-method = "brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method";
+ - secondary-boot-reg = <...>;
+
+The secondary-boot-reg property is a u32 value that specifies the
+physical address of the register used to request the ROM holding pen
+code release a secondary CPU. The value written to the register is
+formed by encoding the target CPU id into the low bits of the
+physical start address it should jump to.
+
+Example:
+ cpus {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ enable-method = "brcm,bcm11351-cpu-method";
+ secondary-boot-reg = <0x3500417c>;
+
+ cpu0: cpu@0 {
+ device_type = "cpu";
+ compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+ reg = <0>;
+ };
+
+ cpu1: cpu@1 {
+ device_type = "cpu";
+ compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
+ reg = <1>;
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3c436cc4f35d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/brcm-brcmstb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+ARM Broadcom STB platforms Device Tree Bindings
+-----------------------------------------------
+Boards with Broadcom Brahma15 ARM-based BCMxxxx (generally BCM7xxx variants)
+SoC shall have the following DT organization:
+
+Required root node properties:
+ - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>", "brcm,brcmstb"
+
+example:
+/ {
+ #address-cells = <2>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ model = "Broadcom STB (bcm7445)";
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm7445", "brcm,brcmstb";
+
+Further, syscon nodes that map platform-specific registers used for general
+system control is required:
+
+ - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>-sun-top-ctrl", "syscon"
+ - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>-hif-cpubiuctrl", "syscon"
+ - compatible: "brcm,bcm<chip_id>-hif-continuation", "syscon"
+
+example:
+ rdb {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "simple-bus";
+ ranges = <0 0x00 0xf0000000 0x1000000>;
+
+ sun_top_ctrl: syscon@404000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-sun-top-ctrl", "syscon";
+ reg = <0x404000 0x51c>;
+ };
+
+ hif_cpubiuctrl: syscon@3e2400 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-hif-cpubiuctrl", "syscon";
+ reg = <0x3e2400 0x5b4>;
+ };
+
+ hif_continuation: syscon@452000 {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm7445-hif-continuation", "syscon";
+ reg = <0x452000 0x100>;
+ };
+ };
+
+Lastly, nodes that allow for support of SMP initialization and reboot are
+required:
+
+smpboot
+-------
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible
+ The string "brcm,brcmstb-smpboot".
+
+ - syscon-cpu
+ A phandle / integer array property which lets the BSP know the location
+ of certain CPU power-on registers.
+
+ The layout of the property is as follows:
+ o a phandle to the "hif_cpubiuctrl" syscon node
+ o offset to the base CPU power zone register
+ o offset to the base CPU reset register
+
+ - syscon-cont
+ A phandle pointing to the syscon node which describes the CPU boot
+ continuation registers.
+ o a phandle to the "hif_continuation" syscon node
+
+example:
+ smpboot {
+ compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-smpboot";
+ syscon-cpu = <&hif_cpubiuctrl 0x88 0x178>;
+ syscon-cont = <&hif_continuation>;
+ };
+
+reboot
+-------
+Required properties
+
+ - compatible
+ The string property "brcm,brcmstb-reboot".
+
+ - syscon
+ A phandle / integer array that points to the syscon node which describes
+ the general system reset registers.
+ o a phandle to "sun_top_ctrl"
+ o offset to the "reset source enable" register
+ o offset to the "software master reset" register
+
+example:
+ reboot {
+ compatible = "brcm,brcmstb-reboot";
+ syscon = <&sun_top_ctrl 0x304 0x308>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b100d3847d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/ccn.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+* ARM CCN (Cache Coherent Network)
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: (standard compatible string) should be one of:
+ "arm,ccn-504"
+ "arm,ccn-508"
+
+- reg: (standard registers property) physical address and size
+ (16MB) of the configuration registers block
+
+- interrupts: (standard interrupt property) single interrupt
+ generated by the control block
+
+Example:
+
+ ccn@0x2000000000 {
+ compatible = "arm,ccn-504";
+ reg = <0x20 0x00000000 0 0x1000000>;
+ interrupts = <0 181 4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cd236b727e2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpu-enable-method/marvell,berlin-smp
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+========================================================
+Secondary CPU enable-method "marvell,berlin-smp" binding
+========================================================
+
+This document describes the "marvell,berlin-smp" method for enabling secondary
+CPUs. To apply to all CPUs, a single "marvell,berlin-smp" enable method should
+be defined in the "cpus" node.
+
+Enable method name: "marvell,berlin-smp"
+Compatible machines: "marvell,berlin2" and "marvell,berlin2q"
+Compatible CPUs: "marvell,pj4b" and "arm,cortex-a9"
+Related properties: (none)
+
+Note:
+This enable method needs valid nodes compatible with "arm,cortex-a9-scu" and
+"marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"[1].
+
+Example:
+
+ cpus {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ enable-method = "marvell,berlin-smp";
+
+ cpu@0 {
+ compatible = "marvell,pj4b";
+ device_type = "cpu";
+ next-level-cache = <&l2>;
+ reg = <0>;
+ };
+
+ cpu@1 {
+ compatible = "marvell,pj4b";
+ device_type = "cpu";
+ next-level-cache = <&l2>;
+ reg = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+
+--
+[1] arm/marvell,berlin.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
index 1fe72a0778cd..298e2f6b33c6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.txt
@@ -152,7 +152,9 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below.
"arm,cortex-a7"
"arm,cortex-a8"
"arm,cortex-a9"
+ "arm,cortex-a12"
"arm,cortex-a15"
+ "arm,cortex-a17"
"arm,cortex-a53"
"arm,cortex-a57"
"arm,cortex-m0"
@@ -163,6 +165,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below.
"arm,cortex-r4"
"arm,cortex-r5"
"arm,cortex-r7"
+ "brcm,brahma-b15"
"faraday,fa526"
"intel,sa110"
"intel,sa1100"
@@ -184,6 +187,7 @@ nodes to be present and contain the properties described below.
can be one of:
"allwinner,sun6i-a31"
"arm,psci"
+ "brcm,brahma-b15"
"marvell,armada-375-smp"
"marvell,armada-380-smp"
"marvell,armada-xp-smp"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
index 5573c08d3180..c7d2fa156678 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Main node required properties:
"arm,cortex-a9-gic"
"arm,cortex-a7-gic"
"arm,arm11mp-gic"
+ "brcm,brahma-b15-gic"
- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller
- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an
interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 3.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt
index 94013a9a8769..904de5781f44 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,22 @@ SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are:
...
}
+* Marvell Berlin CPU control bindings
+
+CPU control register allows various operations on CPUs, like resetting them
+independently.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl"
+- reg: address and length of the register set
+
+Example:
+
+cpu-ctrl@f7dd0000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,berlin-cpu-ctrl";
+ reg = <0xf7dd0000 0x10000>;
+};
+
* Marvell Berlin2 chip control binding
Marvell Berlin SoCs have a chip control register set providing several
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d6ac71f37314
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Mediatek MT6589 Platforms Device Tree Bindings
+
+Boards with a SoC of the Mediatek MT6589 shall have the following property:
+
+Required root node property:
+
+compatible: must contain "mediatek,mt6589"
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
index fb88585cfb93..4139db353d0a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/crossbar.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ Required properties:
- compatible : Should be "ti,irq-crossbar"
- reg: Base address and the size of the crossbar registers.
- ti,max-irqs: Total number of irqs available at the interrupt controller.
+- ti,max-crossbar-sources: Maximum number of crossbar sources that can be routed.
- ti,reg-size: Size of a individual register in bytes. Every individual
register is assumed to be of same size. Valid sizes are 1, 2, 4.
- ti,irqs-reserved: List of the reserved irq lines that are not muxed using
@@ -17,11 +18,46 @@ Required properties:
so crossbar bar driver should not consider them as free
lines.
+Optional properties:
+- ti,irqs-skip: This is similar to "ti,irqs-reserved", but these are for
+ SOC-specific hard-wiring of those irqs which unexpectedly bypasses the
+ crossbar. These irqs have a crossbar register, but still cannot be used.
+
+- ti,irqs-safe-map: integer which maps to a safe configuration to use
+ when the interrupt controller irq is unused (when not provided, default is 0)
+
Examples:
crossbar_mpu: @4a020000 {
compatible = "ti,irq-crossbar";
reg = <0x4a002a48 0x130>;
ti,max-irqs = <160>;
+ ti,max-crossbar-sources = <400>;
ti,reg-size = <2>;
ti,irqs-reserved = <0 1 2 3 5 6 131 132 139 140>;
+ ti,irqs-skip = <10 133 139 140>;
};
+
+Consumer:
+========
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt and
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt for further details.
+
+An interrupt consumer on an SoC using crossbar will use:
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI request_number interrupt_level>
+When the request number is between 0 to that described by
+"ti,max-crossbar-sources", it is assumed to be a crossbar mapping. If the
+request_number is greater than "ti,max-crossbar-sources", then it is mapped as a
+quirky hardware mapping direct to GIC.
+
+Example:
+ device_x@0x4a023000 {
+ /* Crossbar 8 used */
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 8 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ ...
+ };
+
+ device_y@0x4a033000 {
+ /* Direct mapped GIC SPI 1 used */
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI DIRECT_IRQ(1) IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ ...
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index d22b216f5d23..0edc90305dfe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -129,6 +129,9 @@ Boards:
- AM437x GP EVM
compatible = "ti,am437x-gp-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
+- AM437x SK EVM: AM437x StarterKit Evaluation Module
+ compatible = "ti,am437x-sk-evm", "ti,am4372", "ti,am43"
+
- DRA742 EVM: Software Development Board for DRA742
compatible = "ti,dra7-evm", "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..79074dac684a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/prcm.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+OMAP PRCM bindings
+
+Power Reset and Clock Manager lists the device clocks and clockdomains under
+a DT hierarchy. Each TI SoC can have multiple PRCM entities listed for it,
+each describing one module and the clock hierarchy under it. see [1] for
+documentation about the individual clock/clockdomain nodes.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/*
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be one of:
+ "ti,am3-prcm"
+ "ti,am3-scrm"
+ "ti,am4-prcm"
+ "ti,am4-scrm"
+ "ti,omap2-prcm"
+ "ti,omap2-scrm"
+ "ti,omap3-prm"
+ "ti,omap3-cm"
+ "ti,omap3-scrm"
+ "ti,omap4-cm1"
+ "ti,omap4-prm"
+ "ti,omap4-cm2"
+ "ti,omap4-scrm"
+ "ti,omap5-prm"
+ "ti,omap5-cm-core-aon"
+ "ti,omap5-scrm"
+ "ti,omap5-cm-core"
+ "ti,dra7-prm"
+ "ti,dra7-cm-core-aon"
+ "ti,dra7-cm-core"
+- reg: Contains PRCM module register address range
+ (base address and length)
+- clocks: clocks for this module
+- clockdomains: clockdomains for this module
+
+Example:
+
+cm: cm@48004000 {
+ compatible = "ti,omap3-cm";
+ reg = <0x48004000 0x4000>;
+
+ cm_clocks: clocks {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+ };
+
+ cm_clockdomains: clockdomains {
+ };
+}
+
+&cm_clocks {
+ omap2_32k_fck: omap_32k_fck {
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ clock-frequency = <32768>;
+ };
+};
+
+&cm_clockdomains {
+ core_l3_clkdm: core_l3_clkdm {
+ compatible = "ti,clockdomain";
+ clocks = <&sdrc_ick>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
index 2a4ab046a8a1..e0e955e7af8c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/pmu.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,8 @@ Properties:
- "samsung,exynos4212-pmu" - for Exynos4212 SoC,
- "samsung,exynos4412-pmu" - for Exynos4412 SoC,
- "samsung,exynos5250-pmu" - for Exynos5250 SoC,
+ - "samsung,exynos5260-pmu" - for Exynos5260 SoC.
+ - "samsung,exynos5410-pmu" - for Exynos5410 SoC,
- "samsung,exynos5420-pmu" - for Exynos5420 SoC.
second value must be always "syscon".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..cf649827ffcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-misc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+SPEAr Misc configuration
+===========================
+SPEAr SOCs have some miscellaneous registers which are used to configure
+few properties of different peripheral controllers.
+
+misc node required properties:
+
+- compatible Should be "st,spear1340-misc", "syscon".
+- reg: Address range of misc space upto 8K
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
index 558ed4b4ef39..73278c6d2dc3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt
@@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ board-specific compatible values:
nvidia,seaboard
nvidia,ventana
nvidia,whistler
+ toradex,apalis_t30
+ toradex,apalis_t30-eval
toradex,colibri_t20-512
toradex,iris
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
index c96d8dcf98fd..549ceb8cb93b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt
@@ -6,8 +6,6 @@ Each SATA controller should have its own node.
Required properties:
- compatible : compatible string, one of:
- "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahci"
- - "fsl,imx53-ahci"
- - "fsl,imx6q-ahci"
- "hisilicon,hisi-ahci"
- "ibm,476gtr-ahci"
- "marvell,armada-380-ahci"
@@ -22,10 +20,6 @@ Optional properties:
- clocks : a list of phandle + clock specifier pairs
- target-supply : regulator for SATA target power
-"fsl,imx53-ahci", "fsl,imx6q-ahci" required properties:
-- clocks : must contain the sata, sata_ref and ahb clocks
-- clock-names : must contain "ahb" for the ahb clock
-
Examples:
sata@ffe08000 {
compatible = "snps,spear-ahci";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0574a77a0b9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-st.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+STMicroelectronics STi SATA controller
+
+This binding describes a SATA device.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : Must be "st,sti-ahci"
+ - reg : Physical base addresses and length of register sets
+ - interrupts : Interrupt associated with the SATA device
+ - interrupt-names : Associated name must be; "hostc"
+ - resets : The power-down and soft-reset lines of SATA IP
+ - reset-names : Associated names must be; "pwr-dwn" and "sw-rst"
+ - clocks : The phandle for the clock
+ - clock-names : Associated name must be; "ahci_clk"
+ - phys : The phandle for the PHY device
+ - phy-names : Associated name must be; "ahci_phy"
+
+Example:
+
+ sata0: sata@fe380000 {
+ compatible = "st,sti-ahci";
+ reg = <0xfe380000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
+ interrupt-names = "hostc";
+ phys = <&miphy365x_phy MIPHY_PORT_0 MIPHY_TYPE_SATA>;
+ phy-names = "ahci_phy";
+ resets = <&powerdown STIH416_SATA0_POWERDOWN>,
+ <&softreset STIH416_SATA0_SOFTRESET>;
+ reset-names = "pwr-dwn", "sw-rst";
+ clocks = <&clk_s_a0_ls CLK_ICN_REG>;
+ clock-names = "ahci_clk";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..fa511db18408
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/imx-sata.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+* Freescale i.MX AHCI SATA Controller
+
+The Freescale i.MX SATA controller mostly conforms to the AHCI interface
+with some special extensions at integration level.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be one of the following:
+ - "fsl,imx53-ahci" for i.MX53 SATA controller
+ - "fsl,imx6q-ahci" for i.MX6Q SATA controller
+- interrupts : interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ
+- reg : registers mapping
+- clocks : list of clock specifiers, must contain an entry for each
+ required entry in clock-names
+- clock-names : should include "sata", "sata_ref" and "ahb" entries
+
+Optional properties:
+- fsl,transmit-level-mV : transmit voltage level, in millivolts.
+- fsl,transmit-boost-mdB : transmit boost level, in milli-decibels
+- fsl,transmit-atten-16ths : transmit attenuation, in 16ths
+- fsl,receive-eq-mdB : receive equalisation, in milli-decibels
+ Please refer to the technical documentation or the driver source code
+ for the list of legal values for these options.
+- fsl,no-spread-spectrum : disable spread-spectrum clocking on the SATA
+ link.
+
+Examples:
+
+sata@02200000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx6q-ahci";
+ reg = <0x02200000 0x4000>;
+ interrupts = <0 39 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_SATA>,
+ <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_SATA_REF_100M>,
+ <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_AHB>;
+ clock-names = "sata", "sata_ref", "ahb";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..946f2072570b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/tegra-sata.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+Tegra124 SoC SATA AHCI controller
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : "nvidia,tegra124-ahci".
+- reg : Should contain 2 entries:
+ - AHCI register set (SATA BAR5)
+ - SATA register set
+- interrupts : Defines the interrupt used by SATA
+- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - sata
+ - sata-oob
+ - cml1
+ - pll_e
+- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - sata
+ - sata-oob
+ - sata-cold
+- phys : Must contain an entry for each entry in phy-names.
+ See ../phy/phy-bindings.txt for details.
+- phy-names : Must include the following entries:
+ - sata-phy : XUSB PADCTL SATA PHY
+- hvdd-supply : Defines the SATA HVDD regulator
+- vddio-supply : Defines the SATA VDDIO regulator
+- avdd-supply : Defines the SATA AVDD regulator
+- target-5v-supply : Defines the SATA 5V power regulator
+- target-12v-supply : Defines the SATA 12V power regulator
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt
index 652914b17b95..ecc69520bcea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/arm-integrator.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Clock bindings for ARM Integrator Core Module clocks
+Clock bindings for ARM Integrator and Versatile Core Module clocks
Auxilary Oscillator Clock
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ parent node.
Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "arm,integrator-cm-auxosc"
+- compatible: must be "arm,integrator-cm-auxosc" or "arm,versatile-cm-auxosc"
- #clock-cells: must be <0>
Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..4fc869b69d4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-s5pv210-audss.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+* Samsung Audio Subsystem Clock Controller
+
+The Samsung Audio Subsystem clock controller generates and supplies clocks
+to Audio Subsystem block available in the S5PV210 and compatible SoCs.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "samsung,s5pv210-audss-clock".
+- reg: physical base address and length of the controller's register set.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+- clocks:
+ - hclk: AHB bus clock of the Audio Subsystem.
+ - xxti: Optional fixed rate PLL reference clock, parent of mout_audss. If
+ not specified (i.e. xusbxti is used for PLL reference), it is fixed to
+ a clock named "xxti".
+ - fout_epll: Input PLL to the AudioSS block, parent of mout_audss.
+ - iiscdclk0: Optional external i2s clock, parent of mout_i2s. If not
+ specified, it is fixed to a clock named "iiscdclk0".
+ - sclk_audio0: Audio bus clock, parent of mout_i2s.
+
+- clock-names: Aliases for the above clocks. They should be "hclk",
+ "xxti", "fout_epll", "iiscdclk0", and "sclk_audio0" respectively.
+
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/s5pv210-audss-clk.h header and can be used in device
+tree sources.
+
+Example: Clock controller node.
+
+ clk_audss: clock-controller@c0900000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,s5pv210-audss-clock";
+ reg = <0xc0900000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ clock-names = "hclk", "xxti",
+ "fout_epll", "sclk_audio0";
+ clocks = <&clocks DOUT_HCLKP>, <&xxti>,
+ <&clocks FOUT_EPLL>, <&clocks SCLK_AUDIO0>;
+ };
+
+Example: I2S controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+ controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information
+ about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property.
+
+ i2s0: i2s@03830000 {
+ /* ... */
+ clock-names = "iis", "i2s_opclk0",
+ "i2s_opclk1";
+ clocks = <&clk_audss CLK_I2S>, <&clk_audss CLK_I2S>,
+ <&clk_audss CLK_DOUT_AUD_BUS>;
+ /* ... */
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b7adf4e3ea98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx1-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX1 CPUs
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx1-ccm".
+- reg: Address and length of the register set.
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>.
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx1-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX1 clock IDs.
+
+Examples:
+ clks: ccm@0021b000 {
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ compatible = "fsl,imx1-ccm";
+ reg = <0x0021b000 0x1000>;
+ };
+
+ pwm: pwm@00208000 {
+ #pwm-cells = <2>;
+ compatible = "fsl,imx1-pwm";
+ reg = <0x00208000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <34>;
+ clocks = <&clks IMX1_CLK_DUMMY>, <&clks IMX1_CLK_PER1>;
+ clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c3b0db437c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx21-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX21
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : Should be "fsl,imx21-ccm".
+- reg : Address and length of the register set.
+- interrupts : Should contain CCM interrupt.
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>.
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx21-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX21 clock IDs.
+
+Examples:
+ clks: ccm@10027000{
+ compatible = "fsl,imx21-ccm";
+ reg = <0x10027000 0x800>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+ uart1: serial@1000a000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx21-uart";
+ reg = <0x1000a000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <20>;
+ clocks = <&clks IMX21_CLK_UART1_IPG_GATE>,
+ <&clks IMX21_CLK_PER1>;
+ clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+ status = "disabled";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt
index 6bc9fd2c6631..cc05de9ec393 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx27-clock.txt
@@ -7,117 +7,22 @@ Required properties:
- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
-ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX27
-clocks and IDs.
-
- Clock ID
- -----------------------
- dummy 0
- ckih 1
- ckil 2
- mpll 3
- spll 4
- mpll_main2 5
- ahb 6
- ipg 7
- nfc_div 8
- per1_div 9
- per2_div 10
- per3_div 11
- per4_div 12
- vpu_sel 13
- vpu_div 14
- usb_div 15
- cpu_sel 16
- clko_sel 17
- cpu_div 18
- clko_div 19
- ssi1_sel 20
- ssi2_sel 21
- ssi1_div 22
- ssi2_div 23
- clko_en 24
- ssi2_ipg_gate 25
- ssi1_ipg_gate 26
- slcdc_ipg_gate 27
- sdhc3_ipg_gate 28
- sdhc2_ipg_gate 29
- sdhc1_ipg_gate 30
- scc_ipg_gate 31
- sahara_ipg_gate 32
- rtc_ipg_gate 33
- pwm_ipg_gate 34
- owire_ipg_gate 35
- lcdc_ipg_gate 36
- kpp_ipg_gate 37
- iim_ipg_gate 38
- i2c2_ipg_gate 39
- i2c1_ipg_gate 40
- gpt6_ipg_gate 41
- gpt5_ipg_gate 42
- gpt4_ipg_gate 43
- gpt3_ipg_gate 44
- gpt2_ipg_gate 45
- gpt1_ipg_gate 46
- gpio_ipg_gate 47
- fec_ipg_gate 48
- emma_ipg_gate 49
- dma_ipg_gate 50
- cspi3_ipg_gate 51
- cspi2_ipg_gate 52
- cspi1_ipg_gate 53
- nfc_baud_gate 54
- ssi2_baud_gate 55
- ssi1_baud_gate 56
- vpu_baud_gate 57
- per4_gate 58
- per3_gate 59
- per2_gate 60
- per1_gate 61
- usb_ahb_gate 62
- slcdc_ahb_gate 63
- sahara_ahb_gate 64
- lcdc_ahb_gate 65
- vpu_ahb_gate 66
- fec_ahb_gate 67
- emma_ahb_gate 68
- emi_ahb_gate 69
- dma_ahb_gate 70
- csi_ahb_gate 71
- brom_ahb_gate 72
- ata_ahb_gate 73
- wdog_ipg_gate 74
- usb_ipg_gate 75
- uart6_ipg_gate 76
- uart5_ipg_gate 77
- uart4_ipg_gate 78
- uart3_ipg_gate 79
- uart2_ipg_gate 80
- uart1_ipg_gate 81
- ckih_div1p5 82
- fpm 83
- mpll_osc_sel 84
- mpll_sel 85
- spll_gate 86
- mshc_div 87
- rtic_ipg_gate 88
- mshc_ipg_gate 89
- rtic_ahb_gate 90
- mshc_baud_gate 91
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx27-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX27 clock IDs.
Examples:
+ clks: ccm@10027000{
+ compatible = "fsl,imx27-ccm";
+ reg = <0x10027000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
-clks: ccm@10027000{
- compatible = "fsl,imx27-ccm";
- reg = <0x10027000 0x1000>;
- #clock-cells = <1>;
-};
-
-uart1: serial@1000a000 {
- compatible = "fsl,imx27-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
- reg = <0x1000a000 0x1000>;
- interrupts = <20>;
- clocks = <&clks 81>, <&clks 61>;
- clock-names = "ipg", "per";
- status = "disabled";
-};
+ uart1: serial@1000a000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,imx27-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
+ reg = <0x1000a000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <20>;
+ clocks = <&clks IMX27_CLK_UART1_IPG_GATE>,
+ <&clks IMX27_CLK_PER1_GATE>;
+ clock-names = "ipg", "per";
+ status = "disabled";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
index 90ec91fe5ce0..9252912a5b0e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx6q-clock.txt
@@ -7,223 +7,13 @@ Required properties:
- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock
-ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX6Q
-clocks and IDs.
-
- Clock ID
- ---------------------------
- dummy 0
- ckil 1
- ckih 2
- osc 3
- pll2_pfd0_352m 4
- pll2_pfd1_594m 5
- pll2_pfd2_396m 6
- pll3_pfd0_720m 7
- pll3_pfd1_540m 8
- pll3_pfd2_508m 9
- pll3_pfd3_454m 10
- pll2_198m 11
- pll3_120m 12
- pll3_80m 13
- pll3_60m 14
- twd 15
- step 16
- pll1_sw 17
- periph_pre 18
- periph2_pre 19
- periph_clk2_sel 20
- periph2_clk2_sel 21
- axi_sel 22
- esai_sel 23
- asrc_sel 24
- spdif_sel 25
- gpu2d_axi 26
- gpu3d_axi 27
- gpu2d_core_sel 28
- gpu3d_core_sel 29
- gpu3d_shader_sel 30
- ipu1_sel 31
- ipu2_sel 32
- ldb_di0_sel 33
- ldb_di1_sel 34
- ipu1_di0_pre_sel 35
- ipu1_di1_pre_sel 36
- ipu2_di0_pre_sel 37
- ipu2_di1_pre_sel 38
- ipu1_di0_sel 39
- ipu1_di1_sel 40
- ipu2_di0_sel 41
- ipu2_di1_sel 42
- hsi_tx_sel 43
- pcie_axi_sel 44
- ssi1_sel 45
- ssi2_sel 46
- ssi3_sel 47
- usdhc1_sel 48
- usdhc2_sel 49
- usdhc3_sel 50
- usdhc4_sel 51
- enfc_sel 52
- emi_sel 53
- emi_slow_sel 54
- vdo_axi_sel 55
- vpu_axi_sel 56
- cko1_sel 57
- periph 58
- periph2 59
- periph_clk2 60
- periph2_clk2 61
- ipg 62
- ipg_per 63
- esai_pred 64
- esai_podf 65
- asrc_pred 66
- asrc_podf 67
- spdif_pred 68
- spdif_podf 69
- can_root 70
- ecspi_root 71
- gpu2d_core_podf 72
- gpu3d_core_podf 73
- gpu3d_shader 74
- ipu1_podf 75
- ipu2_podf 76
- ldb_di0_podf 77
- ldb_di1_podf 78
- ipu1_di0_pre 79
- ipu1_di1_pre 80
- ipu2_di0_pre 81
- ipu2_di1_pre 82
- hsi_tx_podf 83
- ssi1_pred 84
- ssi1_podf 85
- ssi2_pred 86
- ssi2_podf 87
- ssi3_pred 88
- ssi3_podf 89
- uart_serial_podf 90
- usdhc1_podf 91
- usdhc2_podf 92
- usdhc3_podf 93
- usdhc4_podf 94
- enfc_pred 95
- enfc_podf 96
- emi_podf 97
- emi_slow_podf 98
- vpu_axi_podf 99
- cko1_podf 100
- axi 101
- mmdc_ch0_axi_podf 102
- mmdc_ch1_axi_podf 103
- arm 104
- ahb 105
- apbh_dma 106
- asrc 107
- can1_ipg 108
- can1_serial 109
- can2_ipg 110
- can2_serial 111
- ecspi1 112
- ecspi2 113
- ecspi3 114
- ecspi4 115
- ecspi5 116
- enet 117
- esai 118
- gpt_ipg 119
- gpt_ipg_per 120
- gpu2d_core 121
- gpu3d_core 122
- hdmi_iahb 123
- hdmi_isfr 124
- i2c1 125
- i2c2 126
- i2c3 127
- iim 128
- enfc 129
- ipu1 130
- ipu1_di0 131
- ipu1_di1 132
- ipu2 133
- ipu2_di0 134
- ldb_di0 135
- ldb_di1 136
- ipu2_di1 137
- hsi_tx 138
- mlb 139
- mmdc_ch0_axi 140
- mmdc_ch1_axi 141
- ocram 142
- openvg_axi 143
- pcie_axi 144
- pwm1 145
- pwm2 146
- pwm3 147
- pwm4 148
- per1_bch 149
- gpmi_bch_apb 150
- gpmi_bch 151
- gpmi_io 152
- gpmi_apb 153
- sata 154
- sdma 155
- spba 156
- ssi1 157
- ssi2 158
- ssi3 159
- uart_ipg 160
- uart_serial 161
- usboh3 162
- usdhc1 163
- usdhc2 164
- usdhc3 165
- usdhc4 166
- vdo_axi 167
- vpu_axi 168
- cko1 169
- pll1_sys 170
- pll2_bus 171
- pll3_usb_otg 172
- pll4_audio 173
- pll5_video 174
- pll8_mlb 175
- pll7_usb_host 176
- pll6_enet 177
- ssi1_ipg 178
- ssi2_ipg 179
- ssi3_ipg 180
- rom 181
- usbphy1 182
- usbphy2 183
- ldb_di0_div_3_5 184
- ldb_di1_div_3_5 185
- sata_ref 186
- sata_ref_100m 187
- pcie_ref 188
- pcie_ref_125m 189
- enet_ref 190
- usbphy1_gate 191
- usbphy2_gate 192
- pll4_post_div 193
- pll5_post_div 194
- pll5_video_div 195
- eim_slow 196
- spdif 197
- cko2_sel 198
- cko2_podf 199
- cko2 200
- cko 201
- vdoa 202
- pll4_audio_div 203
- lvds1_sel 204
- lvds2_sel 205
- lvds1_gate 206
- lvds2_gate 207
- esai_ahb 208
+ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h
+for the full list of i.MX6 Quad and DualLite clock IDs.
Examples:
+#include <dt-bindings/clock/imx6qdl-clock.h>
+
clks: ccm@020c4000 {
compatible = "fsl,imx6q-ccm";
reg = <0x020c4000 0x4000>;
@@ -235,7 +25,7 @@ uart1: serial@02020000 {
compatible = "fsl,imx6q-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart";
reg = <0x02020000 0x4000>;
interrupts = <0 26 0x04>;
- clocks = <&clks 160>, <&clks 161>;
+ clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_UART_IPG>, <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_UART_SERIAL>;
clock-names = "ipg", "per";
status = "disabled";
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt
index feb830130714..99c214660bdc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/mvebu-cpu-clock.txt
@@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ Device Tree Clock bindings for cpu clock of Marvell EBU platforms
Required properties:
- compatible : shall be one of the following:
"marvell,armada-xp-cpu-clock" - cpu clocks for Armada XP
-- reg : Address and length of the clock complex register set
+- reg : Address and length of the clock complex register set, followed
+ by address and length of the PMU DFS registers
- #clock-cells : should be set to 1.
- clocks : shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock.
cpuclk: clock-complex@d0018700 {
#clock-cells = <1>;
compatible = "marvell,armada-xp-cpu-clock";
- reg = <0xd0018700 0xA0>;
+ reg = <0xd0018700 0xA0>, <0x1c054 0x10>;
clocks = <&coreclk 1>;
}
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0c2bf5eba43e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3188-cru.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+* Rockchip RK3188/RK3066 Clock and Reset Unit
+
+The RK3188/RK3066 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the SoC and also implements a reset controller for SoC
+peripherals.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "rockchip,rk3188-cru", "rockchip,rk3188a-cru" or
+ "rockchip,rk3066a-cru"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+- rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon managing the "general register files"
+ If missing pll rates are not changable, due to the missing pll lock status.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as
+preprocessor macros in the dt-bindings/clock/rk3188-cru.h and
+dt-bindings/clock/rk3066-cru.h headers and can be used in device tree sources.
+Similar macros exist for the reset sources in these files.
+
+External clocks:
+
+There are several clocks that are generated outside the SoC. It is expected
+that they are defined using standard clock bindings with following
+clock-output-names:
+ - "xin24m" - crystal input - required,
+ - "xin32k" - rtc clock - optional,
+ - "xin27m" - 27mhz crystal input on rk3066 - optional,
+ - "ext_hsadc" - external HSADC clock - optional,
+ - "ext_cif0" - external camera clock - optional,
+ - "ext_rmii" - external RMII clock - optional,
+ - "ext_jtag" - externalJTAG clock - optional
+
+Example: Clock controller node:
+
+ cru: cru@20000000 {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3188-cru";
+ reg = <0x20000000 0x1000>;
+ rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+ controller:
+
+ uart0: serial@10124000 {
+ compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
+ reg = <0x10124000 0x400>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 34 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ reg-shift = <2>;
+ reg-io-width = <1>;
+ clocks = <&cru SCLK_UART0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..c9fbb76573e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip,rk3288-cru.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+* Rockchip RK3288 Clock and Reset Unit
+
+The RK3288 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various
+controllers within the SoC and also implements a reset controller for SoC
+peripherals.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "rockchip,rk3288-cru"
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+- #reset-cells: should be 1.
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+- rockchip,grf: phandle to the syscon managing the "general register files"
+ If missing pll rates are not changable, due to the missing pll lock status.
+
+Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes can use this identifier
+to specify the clock which they consume. All available clocks are defined as
+preprocessor macros in the dt-bindings/clock/rk3288-cru.h headers and can be
+used in device tree sources. Similar macros exist for the reset sources in
+these files.
+
+External clocks:
+
+There are several clocks that are generated outside the SoC. It is expected
+that they are defined using standard clock bindings with following
+clock-output-names:
+ - "xin24m" - crystal input - required,
+ - "xin32k" - rtc clock - optional,
+ - "ext_i2s" - external I2S clock - optional,
+ - "ext_hsadc" - external HSADC clock - optional,
+ - "ext_edp_24m" - external display port clock - optional,
+ - "ext_vip" - external VIP clock - optional,
+ - "ext_isp" - external ISP clock - optional,
+ - "ext_jtag" - external JTAG clock - optional
+
+Example: Clock controller node:
+
+ cru: cru@20000000 {
+ compatible = "rockchip,rk3188-cru";
+ reg = <0x20000000 0x1000>;
+ rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ #reset-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+ controller:
+
+ uart0: serial@10124000 {
+ compatible = "snps,dw-apb-uart";
+ reg = <0x10124000 0x400>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 34 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ reg-shift = <2>;
+ reg-io-width = <1>;
+ clocks = <&cru SCLK_UART0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt
index a891c823ed44..22f6769e5d4a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/rockchip.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,9 @@ This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
== Gate clocks ==
+These bindings are deprecated!
+Please use the soc specific CRU bindings instead.
+
The gate registers form a continuos block which makes the dt node
structure a matter of taste, as either all gates can be put into
one gate clock spanning all registers or they can be divided into
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..effd9401c133
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s5pv210-clock.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+* Samsung S5P6442/S5PC110/S5PV210 Clock Controller
+
+Samsung S5P6442, S5PC110 and S5PV210 SoCs contain integrated clock
+controller, which generates and supplies clock to various controllers
+within the SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of following:
+ - "samsung,s5pv210-clock" : for clock controller of Samsung
+ S5PC110/S5PV210 SoCs,
+ - "samsung,s5p6442-clock" : for clock controller of Samsung
+ S5P6442 SoC.
+
+- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
+ region.
+
+- #clock-cells: should be 1.
+
+All available clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in
+dt-bindings/clock/s5pv210.h header and can be used in device tree sources.
+
+External clocks:
+
+There are several clocks that are generated outside the SoC. It is expected
+that they are defined using standard clock bindings with following
+clock-output-names:
+ - "xxti": external crystal oscillator connected to XXTI and XXTO pins of
+the SoC,
+ - "xusbxti": external crystal oscillator connected to XUSBXTI and XUSBXTO
+pins of the SoC,
+
+A subset of above clocks available on given board shall be specified in
+board device tree, including the system base clock, as selected by XOM[0]
+pin of the SoC. Refer to generic fixed rate clock bindings
+documentation[1] for more information how to specify these clocks.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt
+
+Example: Clock controller node:
+
+ clock: clock-controller@7e00f000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,s5pv210-clock";
+ reg = <0x7e00f000 0x1000>;
+ #clock-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+Example: Required external clocks:
+
+ xxti: clock-xxti {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ clock-output-names = "xxti";
+ clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ };
+
+ xusbxti: clock-xusbxti {
+ compatible = "fixed-clock";
+ clock-output-names = "xusbxti";
+ clock-frequency = <24000000>;
+ #clock-cells = <0>;
+ };
+
+Example: UART controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock
+ controller (refer to the standard clock bindings for information about
+ "clocks" and "clock-names" properties):
+
+ uart0: serial@e2900000 {
+ compatible = "samsung,s5pv210-uart";
+ reg = <0xe2900000 0x400>;
+ interrupt-parent = <&vic1>;
+ interrupts = <10>;
+ clock-names = "uart", "clk_uart_baud0",
+ "clk_uart_baud1";
+ clocks = <&clocks UART0>, <&clocks UART0>,
+ <&clocks SCLK_UART0>;
+ status = "disabled";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
index b9ec668bfe62..d3a5c3c6d677 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt
@@ -9,11 +9,13 @@ Required properties:
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-osc-clk" - for a gatable oscillator
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A31
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock on A31
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-clk" - for the AHB clock
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-ahb-gates-clk" - for the AHB gates on A10
@@ -23,13 +25,16 @@ Required properties:
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ar100-clk" - for the AR100 on A31
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-mux-clk" - for the AHB1 multiplexer on A31
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A31
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-ahb1-gates-clk" - for the AHB1 gates on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock on A31
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb0-clk" - for the APB0 clock on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10
"allwinner,sun5i-a13-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A13
"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A10s
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A20
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb0-gates-clk" - for the APB0 gates on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-clk" - for the APB1 clock
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-mux-clk" - for the APB1 clock muxing
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10
@@ -37,8 +42,10 @@ Required properties:
"allwinner,sun5i-a10s-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A10s
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A20
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A23
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-div-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
"allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31
+ "allwinner,sun8i-a23-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A23
"allwinner,sun4i-a10-mod0-clk" - for the module 0 family of clocks
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-out-clk" - for the external output clocks
"allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk" - for the GMAC clock module on A20/A31
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
index e577196a12c0..4659fd952301 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ The full ID of peripheral types can be found below.
20 ASRC
21 ESAI
22 SSI Dual FIFO (needs firmware ver >= 2)
+ 23 Shared ASRC
The third cell specifies the transfer priority as below.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a6511df165c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/mpc512x-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* Freescale MPC512x and MPC8308 DMA Controller
+
+The DMA controller in Freescale MPC512x and MPC8308 SoCs can move
+blocks of memory contents between memory and peripherals or
+from memory to memory.
+
+Refer to "Generic DMA Controller and DMA request bindings" in
+the dma/dma.txt file for a more detailed description of binding.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "fsl,mpc5121-dma" or "fsl,mpc8308-dma";
+- reg: should contain the DMA controller registers location and length;
+- interrupt for the DMA controller: syntax of interrupt client node
+ is described in interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt file.
+- #dma-cells: the length of the DMA specifier, must be <1>.
+ Each channel of this DMA controller has a peripheral request line,
+ the assignment is fixed in hardware. This one cell
+ in dmas property of a client device represents the channel number.
+
+Example:
+
+ dma0: dma@14000 {
+ compatible = "fsl,mpc5121-dma";
+ reg = <0x14000 0x1800>;
+ interrupts = <65 0x8>;
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+DMA clients must use the format described in dma/dma.txt file.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9f1d750d76de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/rcar-audmapp.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* R-Car Audio DMAC peri peri Device Tree bindings
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "renesas,rcar-audmapp"
+- #dma-cells: should be <1>, see "dmas" property below
+
+Example:
+ audmapp: audio-dma-pp@0xec740000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,rcar-audmapp";
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+
+ reg = <0 0xec740000 0 0x200>;
+ };
+
+
+* DMA client
+
+Required properties:
+- dmas: a list of <[DMA multiplexer phandle] [SRS/DRS value]> pairs,
+ where SRS/DRS values are fixed handles, specified in the SoC
+ manual as the value that would be written into the PDMACHCR.
+- dma-names: a list of DMA channel names, one per "dmas" entry
+
+Example:
+
+ dmas = <&audmapp 0x2d00
+ &audmapp 0x3700>;
+ dma-names = "src0_ssiu0",
+ "dvc0_ssiu0";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..df0f48bcf75a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/renesas,rcar-dmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+* Renesas R-Car DMA Controller Device Tree bindings
+
+Renesas R-Car Generation 2 SoCs have have multiple multi-channel DMA
+controller instances named DMAC capable of serving multiple clients. Channels
+can be dedicated to specific clients or shared between a large number of
+clients.
+
+DMA clients are connected to the DMAC ports referenced by an 8-bit identifier
+called MID/RID.
+
+Each DMA client is connected to one dedicated port of the DMAC, identified by
+an 8-bit port number called the MID/RID. A DMA controller can thus serve up to
+256 clients in total. When the number of hardware channels is lower than the
+number of clients to be served, channels must be shared between multiple DMA
+clients. The association of DMA clients to DMAC channels is fully dynamic and
+not described in these device tree bindings.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: must contain "renesas,rcar-dmac"
+
+- reg: base address and length of the registers block for the DMAC
+
+- interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the DMAC, one for each entry in
+ interrupt-names.
+- interrupt-names: one entry per channel, named "ch%u", where %u is the
+ channel number ranging from zero to the number of channels minus one.
+
+- clock-names: "fck" for the functional clock
+- clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry
+ in clock-names.
+- clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock.
+
+- #dma-cells: must be <1>, the cell specifies the MID/RID of the DMAC port
+ connected to the DMA client
+- dma-channels: number of DMA channels
+
+Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SYS-DMACs
+
+ dmac0: dma-controller@e6700000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,rcar-dmac";
+ reg = <0 0xe6700000 0 0x20000>;
+ interrupts = <0 197 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 200 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 201 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 202 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 203 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 204 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 205 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 206 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 207 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 208 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 209 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 210 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 211 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 212 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 213 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 214 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-names = "error",
+ "ch0", "ch1", "ch2", "ch3",
+ "ch4", "ch5", "ch6", "ch7",
+ "ch8", "ch9", "ch10", "ch11",
+ "ch12", "ch13", "ch14";
+ clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SYS_DMAC0>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ dma-channels = <15>;
+ };
+
+ dmac1: dma-controller@e6720000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,rcar-dmac";
+ reg = <0 0xe6720000 0 0x20000>;
+ interrupts = <0 220 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 216 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 217 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 218 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 219 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 308 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 309 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 310 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 311 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 312 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 313 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 314 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 315 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 316 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 317 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH
+ 0 318 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-names = "error",
+ "ch0", "ch1", "ch2", "ch3",
+ "ch4", "ch5", "ch6", "ch7",
+ "ch8", "ch9", "ch10", "ch11",
+ "ch12", "ch13", "ch14";
+ clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SYS_DMAC1>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ dma-channels = <15>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt
index 1f5729f10621..95800ab37bb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt
@@ -35,9 +35,11 @@ Required properties:
Each dmas request consists of 4 cells:
1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller
- 2. Device Type
+ 2. Device signal number, the signal line for single and burst requests
+ connected from the device to the DMA40 engine
3. The DMA request line number (only when 'use fixed channel' is set)
- 4. A 32bit mask specifying; mode, direction and endianness [NB: This list will grow]
+ 4. A 32bit mask specifying; mode, direction and endianness
+ [NB: This list will grow]
0x00000001: Mode:
Logical channel when unset
Physical channel when set
@@ -54,6 +56,74 @@ Each dmas request consists of 4 cells:
Normal priority when unset
High priority when set
+Existing signal numbers for the DB8500 ASIC. Unless specified, the signals are
+bidirectional, i.e. the same for RX and TX operations:
+
+0: SPI controller 0
+1: SD/MMC controller 0 (unused)
+2: SD/MMC controller 1 (unused)
+3: SD/MMC controller 2 (unused)
+4: I2C port 1
+5: I2C port 3
+6: I2C port 2
+7: I2C port 4
+8: Synchronous Serial Port SSP0
+9: Synchronous Serial Port SSP1
+10: Multi-Channel Display Engine MCDE RX
+11: UART port 2
+12: UART port 1
+13: UART port 0
+14: Multirate Serial Port MSP2
+15: I2C port 0
+16: USB OTG in/out endpoints 7 & 15
+17: USB OTG in/out endpoints 6 & 14
+18: USB OTG in/out endpoints 5 & 13
+19: USB OTG in/out endpoints 4 & 12
+20: SLIMbus or HSI channel 0
+21: SLIMbus or HSI channel 1
+22: SLIMbus or HSI channel 2
+23: SLIMbus or HSI channel 3
+24: Multimedia DSP SXA0
+25: Multimedia DSP SXA1
+26: Multimedia DSP SXA2
+27: Multimedia DSP SXA3
+28: SD/MM controller 2
+29: SD/MM controller 0
+30: MSP port 1 on DB8500 v1, MSP port 3 on DB8500 v2
+31: MSP port 0 or SLIMbus channel 0
+32: SD/MM controller 1
+33: SPI controller 2
+34: i2c3 RX2 TX2
+35: SPI controller 1
+36: USB OTG in/out endpoints 3 & 11
+37: USB OTG in/out endpoints 2 & 10
+38: USB OTG in/out endpoints 1 & 9
+39: USB OTG in/out endpoints 8
+40: SPI controller 3
+41: SD/MM controller 3
+42: SD/MM controller 4
+43: SD/MM controller 5
+44: Multimedia DSP SXA4
+45: Multimedia DSP SXA5
+46: SLIMbus channel 8 or Multimedia DSP SXA6
+47: SLIMbus channel 9 or Multimedia DSP SXA7
+48: Crypto Accelerator 1
+49: Crypto Accelerator 1 TX or Hash Accelerator 1 TX
+50: Hash Accelerator 1 TX
+51: memcpy TX (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations)
+52: SLIMbus or HSI channel 4
+53: SLIMbus or HSI channel 5
+54: SLIMbus or HSI channel 6
+55: SLIMbus or HSI channel 7
+56: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations)
+57: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations)
+58: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations)
+59: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations)
+60: memcpy (to be used by the DMA driver for memcpy operations)
+61: Crypto Accelerator 0
+62: Crypto Accelerator 0 TX or Hash Accelerator 0 TX
+63: Hash Accelerator 0 TX
+
Example:
uart@80120000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3e145c1675b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/sun6i-dma.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Allwinner A31 DMA Controller
+
+This driver follows the generic DMA bindings defined in dma.txt.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma"
+- reg: Should contain the registers base address and length
+- interrupts: Should contain a reference to the interrupt used by this device
+- clocks: Should contain a reference to the parent AHB clock
+- resets: Should contain a reference to the reset controller asserting
+ this device in reset
+- #dma-cells : Should be 1, a single cell holding a line request number
+
+Example:
+ dma: dma-controller@01c02000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-dma";
+ reg = <0x01c02000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 50 4>;
+ clocks = <&ahb1_gates 6>;
+ resets = <&ahb1_rst 6>;
+ #dma-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+Clients:
+
+DMA clients connected to the A31 DMA controller must use the format
+described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each
+channel: a phandle plus one integer cells.
+The two cells in order are:
+
+1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller.
+2. The port ID as specified in the datasheet
+
+Example:
+spi2: spi@01c6a000 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun6i-a31-spi";
+ reg = <0x01c6a000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 67 4>;
+ clocks = <&ahb1_gates 22>, <&spi2_clk>;
+ clock-names = "ahb", "mod";
+ dmas = <&dma 25>, <&dma 25>;
+ dma-names = "rx", "tx";
+ resets = <&ahb1_rst 22>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d8c98c7614d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fuse/nvidia,tegra20-fuse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegr114/Tegra124 fuse block.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be:
+ "nvidia,tegra20-efuse"
+ "nvidia,tegra30-efuse"
+ "nvidia,tegra114-efuse"
+ "nvidia,tegra124-efuse"
+ Details:
+ nvidia,tegra20-efuse: Tegra20 requires using APB DMA to read the fuse data
+ due to a hardware bug. Tegra20 also lacks certain information which is
+ available in later generations such as fab code, lot code, wafer id,..
+ nvidia,tegra30-efuse, nvidia,tegra114-efuse and nvidia,tegra124-efuse:
+ The differences between these SoCs are the size of the efuse array,
+ the location of the spare (OEM programmable) bits and the location of
+ the speedo data.
+- reg: Should contain 1 entry: the entry gives the physical address and length
+ of the fuse registers.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - fuse
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - fuse
+
+Example:
+
+ fuse@7000f800 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-efuse";
+ reg = <0x7000F800 0x400>,
+ <0x70000000 0x400>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_FUSE>;
+ clock-names = "fuse";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 39>;
+ reset-names = "fuse";
+ };
+
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..23bfe8e1f7cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,gk20a.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+NVIDIA GK20A Graphics Processing Unit
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: "nvidia,<chip>-<gpu>"
+ Currently recognized values:
+ - nvidia,tegra124-gk20a
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+ Must contain two entries:
+ - first entry for bar0
+ - second entry for bar1
+- interrupts: Must contain an entry for each entry in interrupt-names.
+ See ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for details.
+- interrupt-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - stall
+ - nonstall
+- vdd-supply: regulator for supply voltage.
+- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names.
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - gpu
+ - pwr
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - gpu
+
+Example:
+
+ gpu@0,57000000 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,gk20a";
+ reg = <0x0 0x57000000 0x0 0x01000000>,
+ <0x0 0x58000000 0x0 0x01000000>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 157 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <GIC_SPI 158 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-names = "stall", "nonstall";
+ vdd-supply = <&vdd_gpu>;
+ clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_GPU>,
+ <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_PLL_P_OUT5>;
+ clock-names = "gpu", "pwr";
+ resets = <&tegra_car 184>;
+ reset-names = "gpu";
+ status = "disabled";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..f93242be60a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ibmpowernv.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+IBM POWERNV platform sensors
+----------------------------
+
+Required node properties:
+- compatible: must be one of
+ "ibm,opal-sensor-cooling-fan"
+ "ibm,opal-sensor-amb-temp"
+ "ibm,opal-sensor-power-supply"
+ "ibm,opal-sensor-power"
+- sensor-id: an opaque id provided by the firmware to the kernel, identifies a
+ given sensor and its attribute data
+
+Example sensors node:
+
+cooling-fan#8-data {
+ sensor-id = <0x7052107>;
+ compatible = "ibm,opal-sensor-cooling-fan";
+};
+
+amb-temp#1-thrs {
+ sensor-id = <0x5096000>;
+ compatible = "ibm,opal-sensor-amb-temp";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
index b117b2e9e1a7..2391e5c41999 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ntc_thermistor.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ NTC Thermistor hwmon sensors
Requires node properties:
- "compatible" value : one of
+ "epcos,b57330v2103"
"murata,ncp15wb473"
"murata,ncp18wb473"
"murata,ncp21wb473"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..610757ce4492
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+Bindings for a fan connected to the PWM lines
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "pwm-fan"
+- pwms : the PWM that is used to control the PWM fan
+
+Example:
+ pwm-fan {
+ compatible = "pwm-fan";
+ status = "okay";
+ pwms = <&pwm 0 10000 0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt
index fc15ac519437..50b25c3da186 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-efm32.txt
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Required properties :
Recommended properties :
- clock-frequency : maximal I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
- - efm32,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins.
+ - energymicro,location : Decides the location of the USART I/O pins.
Allowed range : [0 .. 6]
Example:
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Example:
clocks = <&cmu clk_HFPERCLKI2C0>;
clock-frequency = <100000>;
status = "ok";
- efm32,location = <3>;
+ energymicro,location = <3>;
eeprom@50 {
compatible = "microchip,24c02";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
index bef86e57c388..fc944e0ed039 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt
@@ -83,5 +83,6 @@ stm,m41t80 M41T80 - SERIAL ACCESS RTC WITH ALARMS
taos,tsl2550 Ambient Light Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
ti,tsc2003 I2C Touch-Screen Controller
ti,tmp102 Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
+ti,tmp103 Low Power Digital Temperature Sensor with SMBUS/Two Wire Serial Interface
ti,tmp275 Digital Temperature Sensor
winbond,wpct301 i2c trusted platform module (TPM)
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..23dd5ad07b7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/sunxi-ir.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+Device-Tree bindings for SUNXI IR controller found in sunXi SoC family
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir";
+- clocks : list of clock specifiers, corresponding to
+ entries in clock-names property;
+- clock-names : should contain "apb" and "ir" entries;
+- interrupts : should contain IR IRQ number;
+- reg : should contain IO map address for IR.
+
+Optional properties:
+- linux,rc-map-name : Remote control map name.
+
+Example:
+
+ir0: ir@01c21800 {
+ compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-ir";
+ clocks = <&apb0_gates 6>, <&ir0_clk>;
+ clock-names = "apb", "ir";
+ interrupts = <0 5 1>;
+ reg = <0x01C21800 0x40>;
+ linux,rc-map-name = "rc-rc6-mce";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..b97b8bef1fe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+NVIDIA Tegra20/Tegra30/Tegr114/Tegra124 apbmisc block
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be:
+ "nvidia,tegra20-apbmisc"
+ "nvidia,tegra30-apbmisc"
+ "nvidia,tegra114-apbmisc"
+ "nvidia,tegra124-apbmisc"
+- reg: Should contain 2 entries: the first entry gives the physical address
+ and length of the registers which contain revision and debug features.
+ The second entry gives the physical address and length of the
+ registers indicating the strapping options.
+
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt
index c183ea90d9bc..aa7ad622259d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/broadcom-systemport.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: should be one of "brcm,systemport-v1.00" or "brcm,systemport"
- reg: address and length of the register set for the device.
- interrupts: interrupts for the device, first cell must be for the the rx
- interrupts, and the second cell should be for the transmit queues
+ interrupts, and the second cell should be for the transmit queues. An
+ optional third interrupt cell for Wake-on-LAN can be specified
- local-mac-address: Ethernet MAC address (48 bits) of this adapter
- phy-mode: Should be a string describing the PHY interface to the
Ethernet switch/PHY, see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt
index 72efaaf764f7..0369e25aabd2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci-mdio.txt
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-TI SoC Davinci MDIO Controller Device Tree Bindings
+TI SoC Davinci/Keystone2 MDIO Controller Device Tree Bindings
---------------------------------------------------
Required properties:
-- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci_mdio"
+- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci_mdio" or "ti,keystone_mdio"
- reg : physical base address and size of the davinci mdio
registers map
- bus_freq : Mdio Bus frequency
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ file.
Examples:
mdio: davinci_mdio@4A101000 {
- compatible = "ti,cpsw";
+ compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio";
reg = <0x4A101000 0x1000>;
bus_freq = <1000000>;
};
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Examples:
(or)
mdio: davinci_mdio@4A101000 {
- compatible = "ti,cpsw";
+ compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio";
ti,hwmods = "davinci_mdio";
bus_freq = <1000000>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..0071883c08d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/cc2520.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+*CC2520 IEEE 802.15.4 Compatible Radio*
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: should be "ti,cc2520"
+ - spi-max-frequency: maximal bus speed (8000000), should be set to 4000000 depends
+ sync or async operation mode
+ - reg: the chipselect index
+ - pinctrl-0: pin control group to be used for this controller.
+ - pinctrl-names: must contain a "default" entry.
+ - fifo-gpio: GPIO spec for the FIFO pin
+ - fifop-gpio: GPIO spec for the FIFOP pin
+ - sfd-gpio: GPIO spec for the SFD pin
+ - cca-gpio: GPIO spec for the CCA pin
+ - vreg-gpio: GPIO spec for the VREG pin
+ - reset-gpio: GPIO spec for the RESET pin
+Example:
+ cc2520@0 {
+ compatible = "ti,cc2520";
+ reg = <0>;
+ spi-max-frequency = <4000000>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&cc2520_cape_pins>;
+ fifo-gpio = <&gpio1 18 0>;
+ fifop-gpio = <&gpio1 19 0>;
+ sfd-gpio = <&gpio1 13 0>;
+ cca-gpio = <&gpio1 16 0>;
+ vreg-gpio = <&gpio0 31 0>;
+ reset-gpio = <&gpio1 12 0>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..aa4f4230bfd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+* Marvell Armada 375 Ethernet Controller (PPv2)
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-375-pp2"
+- reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device.
+ Must contain the following register sets:
+ - common controller registers
+ - LMS registers
+ In addition, at least one port register set is required.
+- clocks: a pointer to the reference clocks for this device, consequently:
+ - main controller clock
+ - GOP clock
+- clock-names: names of used clocks, must be "pp_clk" and "gop_clk".
+
+The ethernet ports are represented by subnodes. At least one port is
+required.
+
+Required properties (port):
+
+- interrupts: interrupt for the port
+- port-id: should be '0' or '1' for ethernet ports, and '2' for the
+ loopback port
+- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+
+Optional properties (port):
+
+- marvell,loopback: port is loopback mode
+- phy: a phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg
+ property, a single integer). Note: if this property isn't present,
+ then fixed link is assumed, and the 'fixed-link' property is
+ mandatory.
+
+Example:
+
+ethernet@f0000 {
+ compatible = "marvell,armada-375-pp2";
+ reg = <0xf0000 0xa000>,
+ <0xc0000 0x3060>,
+ <0xc4000 0x100>,
+ <0xc5000 0x100>;
+ clocks = <&gateclk 3>, <&gateclk 19>;
+ clock-names = "pp_clk", "gop_clk";
+ status = "okay";
+
+ eth0: eth0@c4000 {
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 37 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ port-id = <0>;
+ status = "okay";
+ phy = <&phy0>;
+ phy-mode = "gmii";
+ };
+
+ eth1: eth1@c5000 {
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ port-id = <1>;
+ status = "okay";
+ phy = <&phy3>;
+ phy-mode = "gmii";
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3b58ae480344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/st21nfcb.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+* STMicroelectronics SAS. ST21NFCB NFC Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "st,st21nfcb_i2c".
+- clock-frequency: I²C work frequency.
+- reg: address on the bus
+- interrupt-parent: phandle for the interrupt gpio controller
+- interrupts: GPIO interrupt to which the chip is connected
+- reset-gpios: Output GPIO pin used to reset the ST21NFCB
+
+Optional SoC Specific Properties:
+- pinctrl-names: Contains only one value - "default".
+- pintctrl-0: Specifies the pin control groups used for this controller.
+
+Example (for ARM-based BeagleBoard xM with ST21NFCB on I2C2):
+
+&i2c2 {
+
+ status = "okay";
+
+ st21nfcb: st21nfcb@8 {
+
+ compatible = "st,st21nfcb_i2c";
+
+ reg = <0x08>;
+ clock-frequency = <400000>;
+
+ interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>;
+ interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+
+ reset-gpios = <&gpio5 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5dbf169cd81c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/brcm,bcm43xx-fmac.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Broadcom BCM43xx Fullmac wireless SDIO devices
+
+This node provides properties for controlling the Broadcom wireless device. The
+node is expected to be specified as a child node to the SDIO controller that
+connects the device to the system.
+
+Required properties:
+
+ - compatible : Should be "brcm,bcm4329-fmac".
+
+Optional properties:
+ - brcm,drive-strength : drive strength used for SDIO pins on device in mA
+ (default = 6).
+ - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller to which the
+ device interrupts are connected.
+ - interrupts : specifies attributes for the out-of-band interrupt (host-wake).
+ When not specified the device will use in-band SDIO interrupts.
+ - interrupt-names : name of the out-of-band interrupt, which must be set
+ to "host-wake".
+
+Example:
+
+mmc3: mmc@01c12000 {
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ #size-cells = <0>;
+
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+ pinctrl-0 = <&mmc3_pins_a>;
+ vmmc-supply = <&reg_vmmc3>;
+ bus-width = <4>;
+ non-removable;
+ status = "okay";
+
+ brcmf: bcrmf@1 {
+ reg = <1>;
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm4329-fmac";
+ interrupt-parent = <&pio>;
+ interrupts = <10 8>; /* PH10 / EINT10 */
+ interrupt-names = "host-wake";
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
index d0d15ee42834..ed0d9b9fff2b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@
Required properties:
- compatible: should contain "snps,dw-pcie" to identify the core.
+- reg: Should contain the configuration address space.
+- reg-names: Must be "config" for the PCIe configuration space.
+ (The old way of getting the configuration address space from "ranges"
+ is deprecated and should be avoided.)
- #address-cells: set to <3>
- #size-cells: set to <2>
- device_type: set to "pci"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
index c300391e8d3e..0823362548dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt
@@ -14,9 +14,6 @@ Required properties:
- interrupt-names: Must include the following entries:
"intr": The Tegra interrupt that is asserted for controller interrupts
"msi": The Tegra interrupt that is asserted when an MSI is received
-- pex-clk-supply: Supply voltage for internal reference clock
-- vdd-supply: Power supply for controller (1.05V)
-- avdd-supply: Power supply for controller (1.05V) (not required for Tegra20)
- bus-range: Range of bus numbers associated with this controller
- #address-cells: Address representation for root ports (must be 3)
- cell 0 specifies the bus and device numbers of the root port:
@@ -60,6 +57,33 @@ Required properties:
- afi
- pcie_x
+Power supplies for Tegra20:
+- avdd-pex-supply: Power supply for analog PCIe logic. Must supply 1.05 V.
+- vdd-pex-supply: Power supply for digital PCIe I/O. Must supply 1.05 V.
+- avdd-pex-pll-supply: Power supply for dedicated (internal) PCIe PLL. Must
+ supply 1.05 V.
+- avdd-plle-supply: Power supply for PLLE, which is shared with SATA. Must
+ supply 1.05 V.
+- vddio-pex-clk-supply: Power supply for PCIe clock. Must supply 3.3 V.
+
+Power supplies for Tegra30:
+- Required:
+ - avdd-pex-pll-supply: Power supply for dedicated (internal) PCIe PLL. Must
+ supply 1.05 V.
+ - avdd-plle-supply: Power supply for PLLE, which is shared with SATA. Must
+ supply 1.05 V.
+ - vddio-pex-ctl-supply: Power supply for PCIe control I/O partition. Must
+ supply 1.8 V.
+ - hvdd-pex-supply: High-voltage supply for PCIe I/O and PCIe output clocks.
+ Must supply 3.3 V.
+- Optional:
+ - If lanes 0 to 3 are used:
+ - avdd-pexa-supply: Power supply for analog PCIe logic. Must supply 1.05 V.
+ - vdd-pexa-supply: Power supply for digital PCIe I/O. Must supply 1.05 V.
+ - If lanes 4 or 5 are used:
+ - avdd-pexb-supply: Power supply for analog PCIe logic. Must supply 1.05 V.
+ - vdd-pexb-supply: Power supply for digital PCIe I/O. Must supply 1.05 V.
+
Root ports are defined as subnodes of the PCIe controller node.
Required properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..49ea76da7718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/spear13xx-pcie.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+SPEAr13XX PCIe DT detail:
+================================
+
+SPEAr13XX uses synopsis designware PCIe controller and ST MiPHY as phy
+controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "st,spear1340-pcie", "snps,dw-pcie".
+- phys : phandle to phy node associated with pcie controller
+- phy-names : must be "pcie-phy"
+- All other definitions as per generic PCI bindings
+
+ Optional properties:
+- st,pcie-is-gen1 indicates that forced gen1 initialization is needed.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3d217911b313
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/ti-pci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+TI PCI Controllers
+
+PCIe Designware Controller
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,dra7-pcie""
+ - reg : Two register ranges as listed in the reg-names property
+ - reg-names : The first entry must be "ti-conf" for the TI specific registers
+ The second entry must be "rc-dbics" for the designware pcie
+ registers
+ The third entry must be "config" for the PCIe configuration space
+ - phys : list of PHY specifiers (used by generic PHY framework)
+ - phy-names : must be "pcie-phy0", "pcie-phy1", "pcie-phyN".. based on the
+ number of PHYs as specified in *phys* property.
+ - ti,hwmods : Name of the hwmod associated to the pcie, "pcie<X>",
+ where <X> is the instance number of the pcie from the HW spec.
+ - interrupts : Two interrupt entries must be specified. The first one is for
+ main interrupt line and the second for MSI interrupt line.
+ - #address-cells,
+ #size-cells,
+ #interrupt-cells,
+ device_type,
+ ranges,
+ num-lanes,
+ interrupt-map-mask,
+ interrupt-map : as specified in ../designware-pcie.txt
+
+Example:
+axi {
+ compatible = "simple-bus";
+ #size-cells = <1>;
+ #address-cells = <1>;
+ ranges = <0x51000000 0x51000000 0x3000
+ 0x0 0x20000000 0x10000000>;
+ pcie@51000000 {
+ compatible = "ti,dra7-pcie";
+ reg = <0x51000000 0x2000>, <0x51002000 0x14c>, <0x1000 0x2000>;
+ reg-names = "rc_dbics", "ti_conf", "config";
+ interrupts = <0 232 0x4>, <0 233 0x4>;
+ #address-cells = <3>;
+ #size-cells = <2>;
+ device_type = "pci";
+ ranges = <0x81000000 0 0 0x03000 0 0x00010000
+ 0x82000000 0 0x20013000 0x13000 0 0xffed000>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ num-lanes = <1>;
+ ti,hwmods = "pcie1";
+ phys = <&pcie1_phy>;
+ phy-names = "pcie-phy0";
+ interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 7>;
+ interrupt-map = <0 0 0 1 &pcie_intc 1>,
+ <0 0 0 2 &pcie_intc 2>,
+ <0 0 0 3 &pcie_intc 3>,
+ <0 0 0 4 &pcie_intc 4>;
+ pcie_intc: interrupt-controller {
+ interrupt-controller;
+ #address-cells = <0>;
+ #interrupt-cells = <1>;
+ };
+ };
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
index 2049261d8c31..7dce043a6e29 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/samsung-phy.txt
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series USB PHY
Required properties:
- compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles:
+ - "samsung,s5pv210-usb2-phy"
- "samsung,exynos4210-usb2-phy"
- "samsung,exynos4x12-usb2-phy"
- "samsung,exynos5250-usb2-phy"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2a6bfdcc09b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/st-spear-miphy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+ST SPEAr miphy DT details
+=========================
+
+ST Microelectronics SPEAr miphy is a phy controller supporting PCIe and SATA.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "st,spear1310-miphy" or "st,spear1340-miphy"
+- reg : offset and length of the PHY register set.
+- misc: phandle for the syscon node to access misc registers
+- #phy-cells : from the generic PHY bindings, must be 1.
+ - cell[1]: 0 if phy used for SATA, 1 for PCIe.
+
+Optional properties:
+- phy-id: Instance id of the phy. Only required when there are multiple phys
+ present on a implementation.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..2f9c0bd66457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+Device tree binding for NVIDIA Tegra XUSB pad controller
+========================================================
+
+The Tegra XUSB pad controller manages a set of lanes, each of which can be
+assigned to one out of a set of different pads. Some of these pads have an
+associated PHY that must be powered up before the pad can be used.
+
+This document defines the device-specific binding for the XUSB pad controller.
+
+Refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for generic information about
+pin controller device tree bindings and ../phy/phy-bindings.txt for details on
+how to describe and reference PHYs in device trees.
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible: should be "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl"
+- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
+ See ../reset/reset.txt for details.
+- reset-names: Must include the following entries:
+ - padctl
+- #phy-cells: Should be 1. The specifier is the index of the PHY to reference.
+ See <dt-bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-tegra-xusb.h> for the list of valid values.
+
+Lane muxing:
+------------
+
+Child nodes contain the pinmux configurations following the conventions from
+the pinctrl-bindings.txt document. Typically a single, static configuration is
+given and applied at boot time.
+
+Each subnode describes groups of lanes along with parameters and pads that
+they should be assigned to. The name of these subnodes is not important. All
+subnodes should be parsed solely based on their content.
+
+Each subnode only applies the parameters that are explicitly listed. In other
+words, if a subnode that lists a function but no pin configuration parameters
+implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. Similarly, a
+subnode that describes only an IDDQ parameter implies no information about
+what function the pins are assigned to. For this reason even seemingly boolean
+values are actually tristates in this binding: unspecified, off or on.
+Unspecified is represented as an absent property, and off/on are represented
+as integer values 0 and 1.
+
+Required properties:
+- nvidia,lanes: An array of strings. Each string is the name of a lane.
+
+Optional properties:
+- nvidia,function: A string that is the name of the function (pad) that the
+ pin or group should be assigned to. Valid values for function names are
+ listed below.
+- nvidia,iddq: Enables IDDQ mode of the lane. (0: no, 1: yes)
+
+Note that not all of these properties are valid for all lanes. Lanes can be
+divided into three groups:
+
+ - otg-0, otg-1, otg-2:
+
+ Valid functions for this group are: "snps", "xusb", "uart", "rsvd".
+
+ The nvidia,iddq property does not apply to this group.
+
+ - ulpi-0, hsic-0, hsic-1:
+
+ Valid functions for this group are: "snps", "xusb".
+
+ The nvidia,iddq property does not apply to this group.
+
+ - pcie-0, pcie-1, pcie-2, pcie-3, pcie-4, sata-0:
+
+ Valid functions for this group are: "pcie", "usb3", "sata", "rsvd".
+
+
+Example:
+========
+
+SoC file extract:
+-----------------
+
+ padctl@0,7009f000 {
+ compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl";
+ reg = <0x0 0x7009f000 0x0 0x1000>;
+ resets = <&tegra_car 142>;
+ reset-names = "padctl";
+
+ #phy-cells = <1>;
+ };
+
+Board file extract:
+-------------------
+
+ pcie-controller@0,01003000 {
+ ...
+
+ phys = <&padctl 0>;
+ phy-names = "pcie";
+
+ ...
+ };
+
+ ...
+
+ padctl: padctl@0,7009f000 {
+ pinctrl-0 = <&padctl_default>;
+ pinctrl-names = "default";
+
+ padctl_default: pinmux {
+ usb3 {
+ nvidia,lanes = "pcie-0", "pcie-1";
+ nvidia,function = "usb3";
+ nvidia,iddq = <0>;
+ };
+
+ pcie {
+ nvidia,lanes = "pcie-2", "pcie-3",
+ "pcie-4";
+ nvidia,function = "pcie";
+ nvidia,iddq = <0>;
+ };
+
+ sata {
+ nvidia,lanes = "sata-0";
+ nvidia,function = "sata";
+ nvidia,iddq = <0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a3eb154c32ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/cdns,uart.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Binding for Cadence UART Controller
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : should be "cdns,uart-r1p8", or "xlnx,xuartps"
+- reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length.
+- interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts.
+- clocks: Must contain phandles to the UART clocks
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+- clock-names: Tuple to identify input clocks, must contain "uart_clk" and "pclk"
+ See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
+
+
+Example:
+ uart@e0000000 {
+ compatible = "cdns,uart-r1p8";
+ clocks = <&clkc 23>, <&clkc 40>;
+ clock-names = "uart_clk", "pclk";
+ reg = <0xE0000000 0x1000>;
+ interrupts = <0 27 4>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt
index 86aa061f069f..fe6f9037b561 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-samsung.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,6 @@ Required SoC Specific Properties:
- compatible: should be one of the following.
- samsung,s3c2443-spi: for s3c2443, s3c2416 and s3c2450 platforms
- samsung,s3c6410-spi: for s3c6410 platforms
- - samsung,s5p6440-spi: for s5p6440 and s5p6450 platforms
- samsung,s5pv210-spi: for s5pv210 and s5pc110 platforms
- samsung,exynos4210-spi: for exynos4 and exynos5 platforms
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt
index c94909215c07..ae738f562acc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/exynos-thermal.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
** Required properties:
- compatible : One of the following:
+ "samsung,exynos3250-tmu"
"samsung,exynos4412-tmu"
"samsung,exynos4210-tmu"
"samsung,exynos5250-tmu"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
index 28ef498a66e5..0ef00be44b01 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/rcar-thermal.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,13 @@
* Renesas R-Car Thermal
Required properties:
-- compatible : "renesas,rcar-thermal"
+- compatible : "renesas,thermal-<soctype>", "renesas,rcar-thermal"
+ as fallback.
+ Examples with soctypes are:
+ - "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4" (R-Mobile AP6)
+ - "renesas,thermal-r8a7779" (R-Car H1)
+ - "renesas,thermal-r8a7790" (R-Car H2)
+ - "renesas,thermal-r8a7791" (R-Car M2)
- reg : Address range of the thermal registers.
The 1st reg will be recognized as common register
if it has "interrupts".
@@ -12,18 +18,18 @@ Option properties:
Example (non interrupt support):
-thermal@e61f0100 {
- compatible = "renesas,rcar-thermal";
- reg = <0xe61f0100 0x38>;
+thermal@ffc48000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,thermal-r8a7779", "renesas,rcar-thermal";
+ reg = <0xffc48000 0x38>;
};
Example (interrupt support):
thermal@e61f0000 {
- compatible = "renesas,rcar-thermal";
+ compatible = "renesas,thermal-r8a73a4", "renesas,rcar-thermal";
reg = <0xe61f0000 0x14
0xe61f0100 0x38
0xe61f0200 0x38
0xe61f0300 0x38>;
- interrupts = <0 69 4>;
+ interrupts = <0 69 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3b9251b4a145
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/st-thermal.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+Binding for Thermal Sensor driver for STMicroelectronics STi series of SoCs.
+
+Required parameters:
+-------------------
+
+compatible : st,<SoC>-<module>-thermal; should be one of:
+ "st,stih415-sas-thermal",
+ "st,stih415-mpe-thermal",
+ "st,stih416-sas-thermal"
+ "st,stih416-mpe-thermal"
+ "st,stid127-thermal" or
+ "st,stih407-thermal"
+ according to the SoC type (stih415, stih416, stid127, stih407)
+ and module type (sas or mpe). On stid127 & stih407 there is only
+ one die/module, so there is no module type in the compatible
+ string.
+clock-names : Should be "thermal".
+ See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/resource-names.txt
+clocks : Phandle of the clock used by the thermal sensor.
+ See: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+Optional parameters:
+-------------------
+
+reg : For non-sysconf based sensors, this should be the physical base
+ address and length of the sensor's registers.
+interrupts : Standard way to define interrupt number.
+ Interrupt is mandatory to be defined when compatible is
+ "stih416-mpe-thermal".
+ NB: For thermal sensor's for which no interrupt has been
+ defined, a polling delay of 1000ms will be used to read the
+ temperature from device.
+
+Example:
+
+ temp1@fdfe8000 {
+ compatible = "st,stih416-mpe-thermal";
+ reg = <0xfdfe8000 0x10>;
+ clock-names = "thermal";
+ clocks = <&clk_m_mpethsens>;
+ interrupts = <GIC_SPI 23 IRQ_TYPE_NONE>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..a17418b0ece3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,cmt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+* Renesas R-Car Compare Match Timer (CMT)
+
+The CMT is a multi-channel 16/32/48-bit timer/counter with configurable clock
+inputs and programmable compare match.
+
+Channels share hardware resources but their counter and compare match value
+are independent. A particular CMT instance can implement only a subset of the
+channels supported by the CMT model. Channel indices represent the hardware
+position of the channel in the CMT and don't match the channel numbers in the
+datasheets.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: must contain one of the following.
+ - "renesas,cmt-32" for the 32-bit CMT
+ (CMT0 on sh7372, sh73a0 and r8a7740)
+ - "renesas,cmt-32-fast" for the 32-bit CMT with fast clock support
+ (CMT[234] on sh7372, sh73a0 and r8a7740)
+ - "renesas,cmt-48" for the 48-bit CMT
+ (CMT1 on sh7372, sh73a0 and r8a7740)
+ - "renesas,cmt-48-gen2" for the second generation 48-bit CMT
+ (CMT[01] on r8a73a4, r8a7790 and r8a7791)
+
+ - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module.
+ - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, one per channel.
+ - clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry
+ in clock-names.
+ - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock.
+
+ - renesas,channels-mask: bitmask of the available channels.
+
+
+Example: R8A7790 (R-Car H2) CMT0 node
+
+ CMT0 on R8A7790 implements hardware channels 5 and 6 only and names
+ them channels 0 and 1 in the documentation.
+
+ cmt0: timer@ffca0000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,cmt-48-gen2";
+ reg = <0 0xffca0000 0 0x1004>;
+ interrupts = <0 142 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 142 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&mstp1_clks R8A7790_CLK_CMT0>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+
+ renesas,channels-mask = <0x60>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..917453f826bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,mtu2.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* Renesas R-Car Multi-Function Timer Pulse Unit 2 (MTU2)
+
+The MTU2 is a multi-purpose, multi-channel timer/counter with configurable
+clock inputs and programmable compare match.
+
+Channels share hardware resources but their counter and compare match value
+are independent. The MTU2 hardware supports five channels indexed from 0 to 4.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: must contain "renesas,mtu2"
+
+ - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module.
+
+ - interrupts: interrupt specifiers for the timer, one for each entry in
+ interrupt-names.
+ - interrupt-names: must contain one entry named "tgi?a" for each enabled
+ channel, where "?" is the channel index expressed as one digit from "0" to
+ "4".
+
+ - clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry
+ in clock-names.
+ - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock.
+
+
+Example: R7S72100 (RZ/A1H) MTU2 node
+
+ mtu2: timer@fcff0000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,mtu2";
+ reg = <0xfcff0000 0x400>;
+ interrupts = <0 139 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 146 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 150 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 154 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 159 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ interrupt-names = "tgi0a", "tgi1a", "tgi2a", "tgi3a", "tgi4a";
+ clocks = <&mstp3_clks R7S72100_CLK_MTU2>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..425d0c5f4aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/renesas,tmu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+* Renesas R-Car Timer Unit (TMU)
+
+The TMU is a 32-bit timer/counter with configurable clock inputs and
+programmable compare match.
+
+Channels share hardware resources but their counter and compare match value
+are independent. The TMU hardware supports up to three channels.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+ - compatible: must contain "renesas,tmu"
+
+ - reg: base address and length of the registers block for the timer module.
+
+ - interrupts: interrupt-specifier for the timer, one per channel.
+
+ - clocks: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs, one for each entry
+ in clock-names.
+ - clock-names: must contain "fck" for the functional clock.
+
+Optional Properties:
+
+ - #renesas,channels: number of channels implemented by the timer, must be 2
+ or 3 (if not specified the value defaults to 3).
+
+
+Example: R8A7779 (R-Car H1) TMU0 node
+
+ tmu0: timer@ffd80000 {
+ compatible = "renesas,tmu";
+ reg = <0xffd80000 0x30>;
+ interrupts = <0 32 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 33 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+ <0 34 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+ clocks = <&mstp0_clks R8A7779_CLK_TMU0>;
+ clock-names = "fck";
+
+ #renesas,channels = <3>;
+ };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
index 46a311e728a8..dd5386e65493 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ dmo Data Modul AG
ebv EBV Elektronik
edt Emerging Display Technologies
emmicro EM Microelectronic
+epcos EPCOS AG
epfl Ecole Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne
epson Seiko Epson Corp.
est ESTeem Wireless Modems
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH
keymile Keymile GmbH
lacie LaCie
lantiq Lantiq Semiconductor
+lenovo Lenovo Group Ltd.
lg LG Corporation
linux Linux-specific binding
lsi LSI Corp. (LSI Logic)
@@ -122,6 +124,7 @@ sii Seiko Instruments, Inc.
sirf SiRF Technology, Inc.
smsc Standard Microsystems Corporation
snps Synopsys, Inc.
+solidrun SolidRun
spansion Spansion Inc.
st STMicroelectronics
ste ST-Ericsson
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
index 2dad41b689af..77942607f77f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/samsung-fimd.txt
@@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ Required properties:
- compatible: value should be one of the following
"samsung,s3c2443-fimd"; /* for S3C24XX SoCs */
"samsung,s3c6400-fimd"; /* for S3C64XX SoCs */
- "samsung,s5p6440-fimd"; /* for S5P64X0 SoCs */
- "samsung,s5pc100-fimd"; /* for S5PC100 SoC */
"samsung,s5pv210-fimd"; /* for S5PV210 SoC */
"samsung,exynos4210-fimd"; /* for Exynos4 SoCs */
"samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5 SoCs */
diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt
index 879b6e31e2da..573e28ce9751 100644
--- a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt
+++ b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt
@@ -84,31 +84,32 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps:
the given transaction.
Interface:
- struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*chan->device->device_prep_slave_sg)(
+ struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(
struct dma_chan *chan, struct scatterlist *sgl,
unsigned int sg_len, enum dma_data_direction direction,
unsigned long flags);
- struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*chan->device->device_prep_dma_cyclic)(
+ struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *dmaengine_prep_dma_cyclic(
struct dma_chan *chan, dma_addr_t buf_addr, size_t buf_len,
size_t period_len, enum dma_data_direction direction);
- struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *(*device_prep_interleaved_dma)(
+ struct dma_async_tx_descriptor *dmaengine_prep_interleaved_dma(
struct dma_chan *chan, struct dma_interleaved_template *xt,
unsigned long flags);
The peripheral driver is expected to have mapped the scatterlist for
the DMA operation prior to calling device_prep_slave_sg, and must
keep the scatterlist mapped until the DMA operation has completed.
- The scatterlist must be mapped using the DMA struct device. So,
- normal setup should look like this:
+ The scatterlist must be mapped using the DMA struct device.
+ If a mapping needs to be synchronized later, dma_sync_*_for_*() must be
+ called using the DMA struct device, too.
+ So, normal setup should look like this:
nr_sg = dma_map_sg(chan->device->dev, sgl, sg_len);
if (nr_sg == 0)
/* error */
- desc = chan->device->device_prep_slave_sg(chan, sgl, nr_sg,
- direction, flags);
+ desc = dmaengine_prep_slave_sg(chan, sgl, nr_sg, direction, flags);
Once a descriptor has been obtained, the callback information can be
added and the descriptor must then be submitted. Some DMA engine
@@ -188,7 +189,7 @@ Further APIs:
description of this API.
This can be used in conjunction with dma_async_is_complete() and
- the cookie returned from 'descriptor->submit()' to check for
+ the cookie returned from dmaengine_submit() to check for
completion of a specific DMA transaction.
Note:
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
index 51afba17bbae..a2046a7d0a9d 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt
@@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ flush_merge Merge concurrent cache_flush commands as much as possible
to eliminate redundant command issues. If the underlying
device handles the cache_flush command relatively slowly,
recommend to enable this option.
+nobarrier This option can be used if underlying storage guarantees
+ its cached data should be written to the novolatile area.
+ If this option is set, no cache_flush commands are issued
+ but f2fs still guarantees the write ordering of all the
+ data writes.
================================================================================
DEBUGFS ENTRIES
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..8826ba29db36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ibmpowernv
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Kernel Driver IBMPOWERNV
+========================
+
+Supported systems:
+ * Any recent IBM P servers based on POWERNV platform
+
+Author: Neelesh Gupta
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver implements reading the platform sensors data like temperature/fan/
+voltage/power for 'POWERNV' platform.
+
+The driver uses the platform device infrastructure. It probes the device tree
+for sensor devices during the __init phase and registers them with the 'hwmon'.
+'hwmon' populates the 'sysfs' tree having attribute files, each for a given
+sensor type and its attribute data.
+
+All the nodes in the DT appear under "/ibm,opal/sensors" and each valid node in
+the DT maps to an attribute file in 'sysfs'. The node exports unique 'sensor-id'
+which the driver uses to make an OPAL call to the firmware.
+
+Usage notes
+-----------
+The driver is built statically with the kernel by enabling the config
+CONFIG_SENSORS_IBMPOWERNV. It can also be built as module 'ibmpowernv'.
+
+Sysfs attributes
+----------------
+
+fanX_input Measured RPM value.
+fanX_min Threshold RPM for alert generation.
+fanX_fault 0: No fail condition
+ 1: Failing fan
+tempX_input Measured ambient temperature.
+tempX_max Threshold ambient temperature for alert generation.
+inX_input Measured power supply voltage
+inX_fault 0: No fail condition.
+ 1: Failing power supply.
+power1_input System power consumption (microWatt)
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75
index 2560a9c6d445..c6a5ff1b4641 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm75
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm75
@@ -42,13 +42,14 @@ Supported chips:
Addresses scanned: none
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ST website
http://www.st.com/internet/analog/product/121769.jsp
- * Texas Instruments TMP100, TMP101, TMP105, TMP75, TMP175, TMP275
- Prefixes: 'tmp100', 'tmp101', 'tmp105', 'tmp175', 'tmp75', 'tmp275'
+ * Texas Instruments TMP100, TMP101, TMP105, TMP112, TMP75, TMP175, TMP275
+ Prefixes: 'tmp100', 'tmp101', 'tmp105', 'tmp112', 'tmp175', 'tmp75', 'tmp275'
Addresses scanned: none
Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website
http://www.ti.com/product/tmp100
http://www.ti.com/product/tmp101
http://www.ti.com/product/tmp105
+ http://www.ti.com/product/tmp112
http://www.ti.com/product/tmp75
http://www.ti.com/product/tmp175
http://www.ti.com/product/tmp275
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor
index 057b77029f26..c5e05e2900a3 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ntc_thermistor
@@ -6,6 +6,11 @@ Supported thermistors from Murata:
Prefixes: 'ncp15wb473', 'ncp18wb473', 'ncp21wb473', 'ncp03wb473', 'ncp15wl333'
Datasheet: Publicly available at Murata
+Supported thermistors from EPCOS:
+* EPCOS NTC Thermistors B57330V2103
+ Prefixes: b57330v2103
+ Datasheet: Publicly available at EPCOS
+
Other NTC thermistors can be supported simply by adding compensation
tables; e.g., NCP15WL333 support is added by the table ncpXXwl333.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
index cf756ed48ff9..a3557da8f5b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus
@@ -23,12 +23,11 @@ Supported chips:
http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT012A0X.pdf
http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/UDT020A0X.pdf
http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/MDT040A0X.pdf
- * Texas Instruments TPS40400, TPS40422
- Prefixes: 'tps40400', 'tps40422'
+ * Texas Instruments TPS40400
+ Prefixes: 'tps40400'
Addresses scanned: -
Datasheets:
http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40400
- http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422
* Generic PMBus devices
Prefix: 'pmbus'
Addresses scanned: -
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/powr1220 b/Documentation/hwmon/powr1220
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..21e44f71ae6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/powr1220
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Kernel driver powr1220
+==================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Lattice POWR1220AT8
+ Prefix: 'powr1220'
+ Addresses scanned: none
+ Datasheet: Publicly available at the Lattice website
+ http://www.latticesemi.com/
+
+Author: Scott Kanowitz <scott.kanowitz@gmail.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports the Lattice POWR1220AT8 chip. The POWR1220
+includes voltage monitoring for 14 inputs as well as trim settings
+for output voltages and GPIOs. This driver implements the voltage
+monitoring portion of the chip.
+
+Voltages are sampled by a 12-bit ADC with a step size of 2 mV.
+An in-line attenuator allows measurements from 0 to 6 V. The
+attenuator is enabled or disabled depending on the setting of the
+input's max value. The driver will enable the attenuator for any
+value over the low measurement range maximum of 2 V.
+
+The input naming convention is as follows:
+
+driver name pin name
+in0 VMON1
+in1 VMON2
+in2 VMON3
+in2 VMON4
+in4 VMON5
+in5 VMON6
+in6 VMON7
+in7 VMON8
+in8 VMON9
+in9 VMON10
+in10 VMON11
+in11 VMON12
+in12 VCCA
+in13 VCCINP
+
+The ADC readings are updated on request with a minimum period of 1s.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan b/Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..18529d2e3bcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pwm-fan
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Kernel driver pwm-fan
+=====================
+
+This driver enables the use of a PWM module to drive a fan. It uses the
+generic PWM interface thus it is hardware independent. It can be used on
+many SoCs, as long as the SoC supplies a PWM line driver that exposes
+the generic PWM API.
+
+Author: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The driver implements a simple interface for driving a fan connected to
+a PWM output. It uses the generic PWM interface, thus it can be used with
+a range of SoCs. The driver exposes the fan to the user space through
+the hwmon's sysfs interface.
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp103 b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp103
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..ec00a15645ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp103
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+Kernel driver tmp103
+====================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * Texas Instruments TMP103
+ Prefix: 'tmp103'
+ Addresses scanned: none
+ Product info and datasheet: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp103
+
+Author:
+ Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+The TMP103 is a digital output temperature sensor in a four-ball
+wafer chip-scale package (WCSP). The TMP103 is capable of reading
+temperatures to a resolution of 1°C. The TMP103 is specified for
+operation over a temperature range of –40°C to +125°C.
+
+Resolution: 8 Bits
+Accuracy: ±1°C Typ (–10°C to +100°C)
+
+The driver provides the common sysfs-interface for temperatures (see
+Documentation/hwmon/sysfs-interface under Temperatures).
+
+Please refer how to instantiate this driver:
+Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421 b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421
index 0cf07f824741..9e6fe5549ca1 100644
--- a/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tmp421
@@ -8,12 +8,20 @@ Supported chips:
Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp421.html
* Texas Instruments TMP422
Prefix: 'tmp422'
- Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f
+ Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f
Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp421.html
* Texas Instruments TMP423
Prefix: 'tmp423'
- Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f
+ Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c and 0x4d
Datasheet: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp421.html
+ * Texas Instruments TMP441
+ Prefix: 'tmp441'
+ Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2a, 0x4c, 0x4d, 0x4e and 0x4f
+ Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp441
+ * Texas Instruments TMP442
+ Prefix: 'tmp442'
+ Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c and 0x4d
+ Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/product/tmp442
Authors:
Andre Prendel <andre.prendel@gmx.de>
@@ -21,13 +29,13 @@ Authors:
Description
-----------
-This driver implements support for Texas Instruments TMP421, TMP422
-and TMP423 temperature sensor chips. These chips implement one local
-and up to one (TMP421), up to two (TMP422) or up to three (TMP423)
-remote sensors. Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius. The chips
-are wired over I2C/SMBus and specified over a temperature range of -40
-to +125 degrees Celsius. Resolution for both the local and remote
-channels is 0.0625 degree C.
+This driver implements support for Texas Instruments TMP421, TMP422,
+TMP423, TMP441, and TMP442 temperature sensor chips. These chips
+implement one local and up to one (TMP421, TMP441), up to two (TMP422,
+TMP442) or up to three (TMP423) remote sensors. Temperature is measured
+in degrees Celsius. The chips are wired over I2C/SMBus and specified
+over a temperature range of -40 to +125 degrees Celsius. Resolution
+for both the local and remote channels is 0.0625 degree C.
The chips support only temperature measurement. The driver exports
the temperature values via the following sysfs files:
diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tps40422 b/Documentation/hwmon/tps40422
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..24bb0688d515
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tps40422
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+Kernel driver tps40422
+======================
+
+Supported chips:
+ * TI TPS40422
+ Prefix: 'tps40422'
+ Addresses scanned: -
+ Datasheet: http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422
+
+Author: Zhu Laiwen <richard.zhu@nsn.com>
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This driver supports TI TPS40422 Dual-Output or Two-Phase Synchronous Buck
+Controller with PMBus
+
+The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver.
+Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers.
+
+
+Usage Notes
+-----------
+
+This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the
+devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for
+details.
+
+
+Platform data support
+---------------------
+
+The driver supports standard PMBus driver platform data.
+
+
+Sysfs entries
+-------------
+
+The following attributes are supported.
+
+in[1-2]_label "vout[1-2]"
+in[1-2]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register.
+in[1-2]_alarm voltage alarm.
+
+curr[1-2]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register.
+curr[1-2]_label "iout[1-2]"
+curr1_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register.
+curr1_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register.
+curr1_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT status.
+curr1_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status.
+curr2_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status.
+
+temp1_input Measured temperature. From READ_TEMPERATURE_2 register on page 0.
+temp1_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register.
+temp1_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register.
+temp1_max_alarm Chip temperature high alarm. Set by comparing
+ READ_TEMPERATURE_2 on page 0 with OT_WARN_LIMIT if TEMP_OT_WARNING
+ status is set.
+temp1_crit_alarm Chip temperature critical high alarm. Set by comparing
+ READ_TEMPERATURE_2 on page 0 with OT_FAULT_LIMIT if TEMP_OT_FAULT
+ status is set.
+temp2_input Measured temperature. From READ_TEMPERATURE_2 register on page 1.
+temp2_alarm Chip temperature alarm on page 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
index adf5e33e8312..e9c803ea306d 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Supported adapters:
* Intel Avoton (SOC)
* Intel Wellsburg (PCH)
* Intel Coleto Creek (PCH)
+ * Intel Wildcat Point (PCH)
* Intel Wildcat Point-LP (PCH)
* Intel BayTrail (SOC)
Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website
diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub
index fa4b669c166b..a16924fbd289 100644
--- a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub
+++ b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-stub
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ MODULE: i2c-stub
DESCRIPTION:
-This module is a very simple fake I2C/SMBus driver. It implements five
+This module is a very simple fake I2C/SMBus driver. It implements six
types of SMBus commands: write quick, (r/w) byte, (r/w) byte data, (r/w)
-word data, and (r/w) I2C block data.
+word data, (r/w) I2C block data, and (r/w) SMBus block data.
You need to provide chip addresses as a module parameter when loading this
driver, which will then only react to SMBus commands to these addresses.
@@ -19,6 +19,14 @@ A pointer register with auto-increment is implemented for all byte
operations. This allows for continuous byte reads like those supported by
EEPROMs, among others.
+SMBus block command support is disabled by default, and must be enabled
+explicitly by setting the respective bits (0x03000000) in the functionality
+module parameter.
+
+SMBus block commands must be written to configure an SMBus command for
+SMBus block operations. Writes can be partial. Block read commands always
+return the number of bytes selected with the largest write so far.
+
The typical use-case is like this:
1. load this module
2. use i2cset (from the i2c-tools project) to pre-load some data
@@ -39,15 +47,18 @@ unsigned long functionality:
value 0x1f0000 would only enable the quick, byte and byte data
commands.
+u8 bank_reg[10]
+u8 bank_mask[10]
+u8 bank_start[10]
+u8 bank_end[10]:
+ Optional bank settings. They tell which bits in which register
+ select the active bank, as well as the range of banked registers.
+
CAVEATS:
If your target driver polls some byte or word waiting for it to change, the
stub could lock it up. Use i2cset to unlock it.
-If the hardware for your driver has banked registers (e.g. Winbond sensors
-chips) this module will not work well - although it could be extended to
-support that pretty easily.
-
If you spam it hard enough, printk can be lossy. This module really wants
something like relayfs.
diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt
index f1ea2c69648d..c587a966413e 100644
--- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt
+++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt
@@ -281,6 +281,19 @@ gestures can normally be extracted from it.
If INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT is not set, the device is assumed to be a true MT
device.
+INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD:
+-----------------------
+Some laptops, most notably the Lenovo *40 series provide a trackstick
+device but do not have physical buttons associated with the trackstick
+device. Instead, the top area of the touchpad is marked to show
+visual/haptic areas for left, middle, right buttons intended to be used
+with the trackstick.
+
+If INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD is set, userspace should emulate buttons
+accordingly. This property does not affect kernel behavior.
+The kernel does not provide button emulation for such devices but treats
+them as any other INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD device.
+
Guidelines:
==========
The guidelines below ensure proper single-touch and multi-finger functionality.
diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
index c600e2f44a62..764f5991a3fc 100644
--- a/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kbuild/makefiles.txt
@@ -23,11 +23,10 @@ This document describes the Linux kernel Makefiles.
=== 4 Host Program support
--- 4.1 Simple Host Program
--- 4.2 Composite Host Programs
- --- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
- --- 4.4 Using C++ for host programs
- --- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs
- --- 4.6 When host programs are actually built
- --- 4.7 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO)
+ --- 4.3 Using C++ for host programs
+ --- 4.4 Controlling compiler options for host programs
+ --- 4.5 When host programs are actually built
+ --- 4.6 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO)
=== 5 Kbuild clean infrastructure
@@ -643,29 +642,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
Finally, the two .o files are linked to the executable, lxdialog.
Note: The syntax <executable>-y is not permitted for host-programs.
---- 4.3 Defining shared libraries
-
- Objects with extension .so are considered shared libraries, and
- will be compiled as position independent objects.
- Kbuild provides support for shared libraries, but the usage
- shall be restricted.
- In the following example the libkconfig.so shared library is used
- to link the executable conf.
-
- Example:
- #scripts/kconfig/Makefile
- hostprogs-y := conf
- conf-objs := conf.o libkconfig.so
- libkconfig-objs := expr.o type.o
-
- Shared libraries always require a corresponding -objs line, and
- in the example above the shared library libkconfig is composed by
- the two objects expr.o and type.o.
- expr.o and type.o will be built as position independent code and
- linked as a shared library libkconfig.so. C++ is not supported for
- shared libraries.
-
---- 4.4 Using C++ for host programs
+--- 4.3 Using C++ for host programs
kbuild offers support for host programs written in C++. This was
introduced solely to support kconfig, and is not recommended
@@ -688,7 +665,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
qconf-cxxobjs := qconf.o
qconf-objs := check.o
---- 4.5 Controlling compiler options for host programs
+--- 4.4 Controlling compiler options for host programs
When compiling host programs, it is possible to set specific flags.
The programs will always be compiled utilising $(HOSTCC) passed
@@ -716,7 +693,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
When linking qconf, it will be passed the extra option
"-L$(QTDIR)/lib".
---- 4.6 When host programs are actually built
+--- 4.5 When host programs are actually built
Kbuild will only build host-programs when they are referenced
as a prerequisite.
@@ -747,7 +724,7 @@ Both possibilities are described in the following.
This will tell kbuild to build lxdialog even if not referenced in
any rule.
---- 4.7 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO)
+--- 4.6 Using hostprogs-$(CONFIG_FOO)
A typical pattern in a Kbuild file looks like this:
diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
index b7fa2f599459..c848095f2cb0 100644
--- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -3023,6 +3023,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted.
S [KNL] Run init in single mode
+ s390_iommu= [HW,S390]
+ Set s390 IOTLB flushing mode
+ strict
+ With strict flushing every unmap operation will result in
+ an IOTLB flush. Default is lazy flushing before reuse,
+ which is faster.
+
sa1100ir [NET]
See drivers/net/irda/sa1100_ir.c.
diff --git a/Documentation/lto-build b/Documentation/lto-build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5dcce1e9cc25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/lto-build
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+Link time optimization (LTO) for the Linux kernel
+
+This is an experimental feature.
+
+Link Time Optimization allows the compiler to optimize the complete program
+instead of just each file. LTO requires at least gcc 4.8 (but
+works more efficiently with 4.9+) LTO requires Linux binutils (the normal FSF
+releases used in many distributions do not work at the moment)
+
+The compiler can inline functions between files and do various other global
+optimizations, like specializing functions for common parameters,
+determing when global variables are clobbered, making functions pure/const,
+propagating constants globally, removing unneeded data and others.
+
+It will also drop unused functions which can make the kernel
+image smaller in some circumstances, in particular for small kernel
+configurations.
+
+For small monolithic kernels it can throw away unused code very effectively
+(especially when modules are disabled) and usually shrinks
+the code size.
+
+Build time and memory consumption at build time will increase, depending
+on the size of the largest binary. Modular kernels are less affected.
+With LTO incremental builds are less incremental, as always the whole
+binary needs to be re-optimized (but not re-parsed)
+
+Oops can be somewhat more difficult to read, due to the more aggressive
+inlining.
+
+Normal "reasonable" builds work with less than 4GB of RAM, but very large
+configurations like allyesconfig may need more memory. The actual
+memory needed depends on the available memory (gcc sizes its garbage
+collector pools based on that or on the ulimit -m limits) and
+the compiler version.
+
+gcc 4.9+ has much better build performance and less memory consumption
+
+- A few kernel features are currently incompatible with LTO, in particular
+function tracing, because they require special compiler flags for
+specific files, which is not supported in LTO right now.
+- Jobserver control for -j does not work correctly for the final
+LTO phase due to some problems with the kernel's pipe code.
+The makefiles hard codes -j<number of online cpus> for the final
+LTO phase to work around for this
+
+Configuration:
+- Enable CONFIG_LTO_MENU and then disable CONFIG_LTO_DISABLE.
+This is mainly to not have allyesconfig default to LTO.
+- FUNCTION_TRACER, STACK_TRACER, FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER, KALLSYMS_ALL, GCOV
+have to disabled because they are currently incompatible with LTO.
+- MODVERSIONS have to be disabled (may work with 4.9+)
+
+Requirements:
+- Enough memory: 4GB for a standard build, more for allyesconfig
+The peak memory usage happens single threaded (when lto-wpa merges types),
+so dialing back -j options will not help much.
+
+A 32bit compiler is unlikely to work due to the memory requirements.
+You can however build a kernel targeted at 32bit on a 64bit host.
+
+Example build procedure:
+
+Simplified procedure for distributions that have gcc 4.8, but not
+the Linux binutils (for example openSUSE 13.1 or FC20):
+
+The LTO builds requires gcc-nm/gcc-ar. Some distributions ship
+those in separate packages, which may need to be explicitely installed.
+
+- Get the latest Linux binutils from
+http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/devel/binutils/
+and unpack it.
+
+We install it in a separate directory to not overwrite the system binutils.
+
+# replace VERSION with respective version numbers
+
+cd binutils*
+# don't forget the --enable-plugins!
+./configure --prefix=/opt/binutils-VERSION --enable-plugins
+make -j $(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN) && sudo make install
+
+Fix up the kernel configuration to allow LTO:
+
+<start with a suitable kernel configuration>
+./source/scripts/config --disable function_tracer \
+ --disable function_graph_tracer \
+ --disable stack_tracer --enable lto_menu \
+ --disable lto_disable \
+ --disable gcov \
+ --disable kallsyms_all \
+ --disable modversions
+make oldconfig
+
+Then you can build with
+
+# The COMPILER_PATH is needed to let gcc use the new binutils
+# as the LTO plugin linker
+# if you installed gcc in a separate directory like below also
+# add it to the PATH line below before the regular $PATH
+# The COMPILER_PATH setting is only needed if the gcc was not built
+# with --with-plugin-ld pointing to the Linux binutils ld
+# The AR/NM setting works around a Makefile bug
+COMPILER_PATH=/opt/binutils-VERSION/bin PATH=$COMPILER_PATH:$PATH \
+make -j$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN) AR=gcc-ar NM=gcc-nm
+
+If you don't have gcc 4.8+ as system compiler you would also need
+to install that compiler. In this case I recommend getting
+a gcc 4.9+ snapshot from http://gcc.gnu.org (or release when available),
+as it builds much faster for LTO than 4.8.
+
+Here's an example build procedure:
+
+Assuming gcc is unpacked in gcc-VERSION
+
+cd gcc-VERSION
+./contrib/download_preqrequisites
+cd ..
+
+mkdir obj-gcc
+# please don't skip this cd. the build will not work correctly in the
+# source dir, you have to use the separate object dir
+cd obj-gcc
+../gcc-VERSION/configure --prefix=/opt/gcc-VERSION --enable-lto \
+--with-plugin-ld=/opt/binutils-VERSION/bin/ld
+--disable-nls --enable-languages=c,c++ \
+--disable-libstdcxx-pch
+make -j$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+sudo make install-no-fixedincludes
+
+FAQs:
+
+Q: I get a section type attribute conflict
+A: Usually because of someone doing
+const __initdata (should be const __initconst) or const __read_mostly
+(should be just const). Check both symbols reported by gcc.
+
+Q: I see lots of undefined symbols for memcmp etc.
+A: Usually because NM=gcc-nm AR=gcc-ar are missing.
+The Makefile tries to set those automatically, but it doesn't always
+work. Better to set it manually on the make command line.
+
+Q: It's quite slow / uses too much memory.
+A: Consider a gcc 4.9 snapshot/release (not released yet)
+The main problem in 4.8 is the type merging in the single threaded WPA pass,
+which has been improved considerably in 4.9 by running it distributed.
+
+Q: It's still slow
+A: It'll always be somewhat slower than non LTO sorry.
+
+Q: What's up with .XXXXX numeric post fixes
+A: This is due LTO turning (near) all symbols to static
+Use gcc 4.9, it avoids them in most cases. They are also filtered out
+in kallsyms.
+
+References:
+
+Presentation on Kernel LTO
+(note, performance numbers/details outdated. In particular gcc 4.9 fixed
+most of the build time problems):
+http://halobates.de/kernel-lto.pdf
+
+Generic gcc LTO:
+http://www.ucw.cz/~hubicka/slides/labs2013.pdf
+http://www.hipeac.net/system/files/barcelona.pdf
+
+Somewhat outdated too:
+http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/lto/lto.pdf
+http://gcc.gnu.org/projects/lto/whopr.pdf
+
+Happy Link-Time-Optimizing!
+
+Andi Kleen
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
index 9c723ecd0025..eeb5b2e97bed 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt
@@ -542,10 +542,10 @@ mode
XOR policy: Transmit based on the selected transmit
hash policy. The default policy is a simple [(source
- MAC address XOR'd with destination MAC address) modulo
- slave count]. Alternate transmit policies may be
- selected via the xmit_hash_policy option, described
- below.
+ MAC address XOR'd with destination MAC address XOR
+ packet type ID) modulo slave count]. Alternate transmit
+ policies may be selected via the xmit_hash_policy option,
+ described below.
This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance.
@@ -801,10 +801,11 @@ xmit_hash_policy
layer2
- Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses to generate the
- hash. The formula is
+ Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and packet type ID
+ field to generate the hash. The formula is
- (source MAC XOR destination MAC) modulo slave count
+ hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC XOR packet type ID
+ slave number = hash modulo slave count
This algorithm will place all traffic to a particular
network peer on the same slave.
@@ -819,7 +820,7 @@ xmit_hash_policy
Uses XOR of hardware MAC addresses and IP addresses to
generate the hash. The formula is
- hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC
+ hash = source MAC XOR destination MAC XOR packet type ID
hash = hash XOR source IP XOR destination IP
hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 16)
hash = hash XOR (hash RSHIFT 8)
@@ -2301,13 +2302,13 @@ broadcast: Like active-backup, there is not much advantage to this
bandwidth.
Additionally, the linux bonding 802.3ad implementation
- distributes traffic by peer (using an XOR of MAC addresses),
- so in a "gatewayed" configuration, all outgoing traffic will
- generally use the same device. Incoming traffic may also end
- up on a single device, but that is dependent upon the
- balancing policy of the peer's 8023.ad implementation. In a
- "local" configuration, traffic will be distributed across the
- devices in the bond.
+ distributes traffic by peer (using an XOR of MAC addresses
+ and packet type ID), so in a "gatewayed" configuration, all
+ outgoing traffic will generally use the same device. Incoming
+ traffic may also end up on a single device, but that is
+ dependent upon the balancing policy of the peer's 8023.ad
+ implementation. In a "local" configuration, traffic will be
+ distributed across the devices in the bond.
Finally, the 802.3ad mode mandates the use of the MII monitor,
therefore, the ARP monitor is not available in this mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
index ab42c95f9985..29a93518bf18 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
@@ -101,19 +101,17 @@ ipfrag_high_thresh - INTEGER
Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments. When
ipfrag_high_thresh bytes of memory is allocated for this purpose,
the fragment handler will toss packets until ipfrag_low_thresh
- is reached.
+ is reached. This also serves as a maximum limit to namespaces
+ different from the initial one.
ipfrag_low_thresh - INTEGER
- See ipfrag_high_thresh
+ Maximum memory used to reassemble IP fragments before the kernel
+ begins to remove incomplete fragment queues to free up resources.
+ The kernel still accepts new fragments for defragmentation.
ipfrag_time - INTEGER
Time in seconds to keep an IP fragment in memory.
-ipfrag_secret_interval - INTEGER
- Regeneration interval (in seconds) of the hash secret (or lifetime
- for the hash secret) for IP fragments.
- Default: 600
-
ipfrag_max_dist - INTEGER
ipfrag_max_dist is a non-negative integer value which defines the
maximum "disorder" which is allowed among fragments which share a
@@ -1132,6 +1130,15 @@ flowlabel_consistency - BOOLEAN
FALSE: disabled
Default: TRUE
+auto_flowlabels - BOOLEAN
+ Automatically generate flow labels based based on a flow hash
+ of the packet. This allows intermediate devices, such as routers,
+ to idenfify packet flows for mechanisms like Equal Cost Multipath
+ Routing (see RFC 6438).
+ TRUE: enabled
+ FALSE: disabled
+ Default: false
+
anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN
Controls the use of anycast addresses as source addresses for ICMPv6
echo reply
@@ -1153,11 +1160,6 @@ ip6frag_low_thresh - INTEGER
ip6frag_time - INTEGER
Time in seconds to keep an IPv6 fragment in memory.
-ip6frag_secret_interval - INTEGER
- Regeneration interval (in seconds) of the hash secret (or lifetime
- for the hash secret) for IPv6 fragments.
- Default: 600
-
conf/default/*:
Change the interface-specific default settings.
@@ -1210,6 +1212,18 @@ accept_ra_defrtr - BOOLEAN
Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled.
disabled if accept_ra is disabled.
+accept_ra_from_local - BOOLEAN
+ Accept RA with source-address that is found on local machine
+ if the RA is otherwise proper and able to be accepted.
+ Default is to NOT accept these as it may be an un-intended
+ network loop.
+
+ Functional default:
+ enabled if accept_ra_from_local is enabled
+ on a specific interface.
+ disabled if accept_ra_from_local is disabled
+ on a specific interface.
+
accept_ra_pinfo - BOOLEAN
Learn Prefix Information in Router Advertisement.
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
index 38112d512f47..a6d7cb91069e 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt
@@ -1008,14 +1008,9 @@ hardware timestamps to be used. Note: you may need to enable the generation
of hardware timestamps with SIOCSHWTSTAMP (see related information from
Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt).
-PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as
-SO_TIMESTAMPING. However, only the SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE
-and SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE values are recognized by
-PACKET_TIMESTAMP. SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE takes precedence over
-SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE if both bits are set.
-
- int req = 0;
- req |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE;
+PACKET_TIMESTAMP accepts the same integer bit field as SO_TIMESTAMPING:
+
+ int req = SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_TIMESTAMP, (void *) &req, sizeof(req))
For the mmap(2)ed ring buffers, such timestamps are stored in the
@@ -1023,14 +1018,13 @@ tpacket{,2,3}_hdr structure's tp_sec and tp_{n,u}sec members. To determine
what kind of timestamp has been reported, the tp_status field is binary |'ed
with the following possible bits ...
- TP_STATUS_TS_SYS_HARDWARE
TP_STATUS_TS_RAW_HARDWARE
TP_STATUS_TS_SOFTWARE
... that are equivalent to its SOF_TIMESTAMPING_* counterparts. For the
-RX_RING, if none of those 3 are set (i.e. PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set),
-then this means that a software fallback was invoked *within* PF_PACKET's
-processing code (less precise).
+RX_RING, if neither is set (i.e. PACKET_TIMESTAMP is not set), then a
+software fallback was invoked *within* PF_PACKET's processing code (less
+precise).
Getting timestamps for the TX_RING works as follows: i) fill the ring frames,
ii) call sendto() e.g. in blocking mode, iii) wait for status of relevant
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
index 0e30c7845b2b..0dffc6e37902 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt
@@ -24,6 +24,34 @@ For monitoring and control pktgen creates:
/proc/net/pktgen/ethX
+Tuning NIC for max performance
+==============================
+
+The default NIC setting are (likely) not tuned for pktgen's artificial
+overload type of benchmarking, as this could hurt the normal use-case.
+
+Specifically increasing the TX ring buffer in the NIC:
+ # ethtool -G ethX tx 1024
+
+A larger TX ring can improve pktgen's performance, while it can hurt
+in the general case, 1) because the TX ring buffer might get larger
+than the CPUs L1/L2 cache, 2) because it allow more queueing in the
+NIC HW layer (which is bad for bufferbloat).
+
+One should be careful to conclude, that packets/descriptors in the HW
+TX ring cause delay. Drivers usually delay cleaning up the
+ring-buffers (for various performance reasons), thus packets stalling
+the TX ring, might just be waiting for cleanup.
+
+This cleanup issues is specifically the case, for the driver ixgbe
+(Intel 82599 chip). This driver (ixgbe) combine TX+RX ring cleanups,
+and the cleanup interval is affected by the ethtool --coalesce setting
+of parameter "rx-usecs".
+
+For ixgbe use e.g "30" resulting in approx 33K interrupts/sec (1/30*10^6):
+ # ethtool -C ethX rx-usecs 30
+
+
Viewing threads
===============
/proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt
index bc3554124903..897f942b976b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt
+++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ the set bits correspond to data that is available, then the control
message will not be generated:
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE: report systime if available
-SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE: report hwtimetrans if available
+SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE: report hwtimetrans if available (deprecated)
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE: report hwtimeraw if available
It is worth noting that timestamps may be collected for reasons other
@@ -88,13 +88,12 @@ hwtimeraw is the original hardware time stamp. Filled in if
SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE is set. No assumptions about its
relation to system time should be made.
-hwtimetrans is the hardware time stamp transformed so that it
-corresponds as good as possible to system time. This correlation is
-not perfect; as a consequence, sorting packets received via different
-NICs by their hwtimetrans may differ from the order in which they were
-received. hwtimetrans may be non-monotonic even for the same NIC.
-Filled in if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE is set. Requires support
-by the network device and will be empty without that support.
+hwtimetrans is always zero. This field is deprecated. It used to hold
+hw timestamps converted to system time. Instead, expose the hardware
+clock device on the NIC directly as a HW PTP clock source, to allow
+time conversion in userspace and optionally synchronize system time
+with a userspace PTP stack such as linuxptp. For the PTP clock API,
+see Documentation/ptp/ptp.txt.
SIOCSHWTSTAMP, SIOCGHWTSTAMP:
@@ -185,7 +184,6 @@ struct skb_shared_hwtstamps {
* since arbitrary point in time
*/
ktime_t hwtstamp;
- ktime_t syststamp; /* hwtstamp transformed to system time base */
};
Time stamps for outgoing packets are to be generated as follows:
diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c
index 8ba82bfe6a33..5cdfd743447b 100644
--- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c
+++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@ static void usage(const char *error)
" SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_HARDWARE - hardware time stamping of incoming packets\n"
" SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE - software fallback for incoming packets\n"
" SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE - request reporting of software time stamps\n"
- " SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE - request reporting of transformed HW time stamps\n"
" SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE - request reporting of raw HW time stamps\n"
" SIOCGSTAMP - check last socket time stamp\n"
" SIOCGSTAMPNS - more accurate socket time stamp\n");
@@ -202,9 +201,7 @@ static void printpacket(struct msghdr *msg, int res,
(long)stamp->tv_sec,
(long)stamp->tv_nsec);
stamp++;
- printf("HW transformed %ld.%09ld ",
- (long)stamp->tv_sec,
- (long)stamp->tv_nsec);
+ /* skip deprecated HW transformed */
stamp++;
printf("HW raw %ld.%09ld",
(long)stamp->tv_sec,
@@ -361,8 +358,6 @@ int main(int argc, char **argv)
so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RX_SOFTWARE;
else if (!strcasecmp(argv[i], "SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE"))
so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SOFTWARE;
- else if (!strcasecmp(argv[i], "SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE"))
- so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE;
else if (!strcasecmp(argv[i], "SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE"))
so_timestamping_flags |= SOF_TIMESTAMPING_RAW_HARDWARE;
else
diff --git a/Documentation/power/opp.txt b/Documentation/power/opp.txt
index a9adad828cdc..c6279c2be47c 100644
--- a/Documentation/power/opp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/power/opp.txt
@@ -51,9 +51,6 @@ Typical usage of the OPP library is as follows:
SoC framework -> modifies on required cases certain OPPs -> OPP layer
-> queries to search/retrieve information ->
-Architectures that provide a SoC framework for OPP should select ARCH_HAS_OPP
-to make the OPP layer available.
-
OPP layer expects each domain to be represented by a unique device pointer. SoC
framework registers a set of initial OPPs per device with the OPP layer. This
list is expected to be an optimally small number typically around 5 per device.
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
index 06cf3ac83631..0f84ce8c9a7b 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ Basic usage for V4L2 and sub-device drivers
Where foo->v4l2_dev is of type struct v4l2_device.
- Finally, remove all control functions from your v4l2_ioctl_ops:
- vidioc_queryctrl, vidioc_querymenu, vidioc_g_ctrl, vidioc_s_ctrl,
- vidioc_g_ext_ctrls, vidioc_try_ext_ctrls and vidioc_s_ext_ctrls.
+ Finally, remove all control functions from your v4l2_ioctl_ops (if any):
+ vidioc_queryctrl, vidioc_query_ext_ctrl, vidioc_querymenu, vidioc_g_ctrl,
+ vidioc_s_ctrl, vidioc_g_ext_ctrls, vidioc_try_ext_ctrls and vidioc_s_ext_ctrls.
Those are now no longer needed.
1.3.2) For sub-device drivers do this:
@@ -258,8 +258,8 @@ The new control value has already been validated, so all you need to do is
to actually update the hardware registers.
You're done! And this is sufficient for most of the drivers we have. No need
-to do any validation of control values, or implement QUERYCTRL/QUERYMENU. And
-G/S_CTRL as well as G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS are automatically supported.
+to do any validation of control values, or implement QUERYCTRL, QUERY_EXT_CTRL
+and QUERYMENU. And G/S_CTRL as well as G/TRY/S_EXT_CTRLS are automatically supported.
==============================================================================
@@ -288,30 +288,45 @@ of v4l2_device.
Accessing Control Values
========================
-The v4l2_ctrl struct contains these two unions:
+The following union is used inside the control framework to access control
+values:
- /* The current control value. */
- union {
+union v4l2_ctrl_ptr {
+ s32 *p_s32;
+ s64 *p_s64;
+ char *p_char;
+ void *p;
+};
+
+The v4l2_ctrl struct contains these fields that can be used to access both
+current and new values:
+
+ s32 val;
+ struct {
s32 val;
- s64 val64;
- char *string;
} cur;
- /* The new control value. */
- union {
- s32 val;
- s64 val64;
- char *string;
- };
-Within the control ops you can freely use these. The val and val64 speak for
-themselves. The string pointers point to character buffers of length
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new;
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_cur;
+
+If the control has a simple s32 type type, then:
+
+ &ctrl->val == ctrl->p_new.p_s32
+ &ctrl->cur.val == ctrl->p_cur.p_s32
+
+For all other types use ctrl->p_cur.p<something>. Basically the val
+and cur.val fields can be considered an alias since these are used so often.
+
+Within the control ops you can freely use these. The val and cur.val speak for
+themselves. The p_char pointers point to character buffers of length
ctrl->maximum + 1, and are always 0-terminated.
-In most cases 'cur' contains the current cached control value. When you create
-a new control this value is made identical to the default value. After calling
-v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() this value is passed to the hardware. It is generally
-a good idea to call this function.
+Unless the control is marked volatile the p_cur field points to the the
+current cached control value. When you create a new control this value is made
+identical to the default value. After calling v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() this
+value is passed to the hardware. It is generally a good idea to call this
+function.
Whenever a new value is set that new value is automatically cached. This means
that most drivers do not need to implement the g_volatile_ctrl() op. The
@@ -362,8 +377,8 @@ will result in a deadlock since these helpers lock the handler as well.
You can also take the handler lock yourself:
mutex_lock(&state->ctrl_handler.lock);
- printk(KERN_INFO "String value is '%s'\n", ctrl1->cur.string);
- printk(KERN_INFO "Integer value is '%s'\n", ctrl2->cur.val);
+ pr_info("String value is '%s'\n", ctrl1->p_cur.p_char);
+ pr_info("Integer value is '%s'\n", ctrl2->cur.val);
mutex_unlock(&state->ctrl_handler.lock);
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
index 667a43361706..a11dff07ef71 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
@@ -675,11 +675,6 @@ You should also set these fields:
video_device is initialized you *do* know which parent PCI device to use and
so you set dev_device to the correct PCI device.
-- flags: optional. Set to V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO if you want to let the framework
- handle the VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls. This requires that you use struct
- v4l2_fh. Eventually this flag will disappear once all drivers use the core
- priority handling. But for now it has to be set explicitly.
-
If you use v4l2_ioctl_ops, then you should set .unlocked_ioctl to video_ioctl2
in your v4l2_file_operations struct.
@@ -909,8 +904,7 @@ struct v4l2_fh
struct v4l2_fh provides a way to easily keep file handle specific data
that is used by the V4L2 framework. New drivers must use struct v4l2_fh
-since it is also used to implement priority handling (VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY)
-if the video_device flag V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO is also set.
+since it is also used to implement priority handling (VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY).
The users of v4l2_fh (in the V4L2 framework, not the driver) know
whether a driver uses v4l2_fh as its file->private_data pointer by
diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c
index 46904fe49609..006721e43b2a 100644
--- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c
+++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-pci-skeleton.c
@@ -883,11 +883,6 @@ static int skeleton_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *ent)
vdev->v4l2_dev = &skel->v4l2_dev;
/* Supported SDTV standards, if any */
vdev->tvnorms = SKEL_TVNORMS;
- /* If this bit is set, then the v4l2 core will provide the support
- * for the VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls. This flag will eventually
- * go away once all drivers have been converted to use struct v4l2_fh.
- */
- set_bit(V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO, &vdev->flags);
video_set_drvdata(vdev, skel);
ret = video_register_device(vdev, VFL_TYPE_GRABBER, -1);
diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
index 0da95dbaef34..2b828e631e31 100644
--- a/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
+++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt
@@ -580,11 +580,6 @@ release()回调必须被设置,且在最后一个 video_device 用户退出之
v4l2_device 无法与特定的 PCI 设备关联,所有没有设置父设备。但当
video_device 配置后,就知道使用哪个父 PCI 设备了。
-- flags:可选。如果你要让框架处理设置 VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls,
- 请设置 V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO。这要求你使用 v4l2_fh 结构体。
- 一旦所有驱动使用了核心的优先级处理,最终这个标志将消失。但现在它
- 必须被显式设置。
-
如果你使用 v4l2_ioctl_ops,则应该在 v4l2_file_operations 结构体中
设置 .unlocked_ioctl 指向 video_ioctl2。
@@ -789,7 +784,7 @@ v4l2_fh 结构体
-------------
v4l2_fh 结构体提供一个保存用于 V4L2 框架的文件句柄特定数据的简单方法。
-如果 video_device 的 flag 设置了 V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO 标志,新驱动
+如果 video_device 标志,新驱动
必须使用 v4l2_fh 结构体,因为它也用于实现优先级处理(VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY)。
v4l2_fh 的用户(位于 V4l2 框架中,并非驱动)可通过测试